Konica-regius_sigma2service Manual.pdf

  • Uploaded by: Adolfo Garcia
  • 0
  • 0
  • May 2020
  • PDF

This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA


Overview

Download & View Konica-regius_sigma2service Manual.pdf as PDF for free.

More details

  • Words: 64,040
  • Pages: 184
Service Manual

Contents

REGIUS Σ / Σ II

Contents

Safety Warnings & Precautions

1

Before Repairing

2

Troubleshooting

3

Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4

Disassembly & Assembly

5

Adjustments

6

Maintenance & Inspection

7

Appendix

8

Revision History

9

EN

1-1

Blank Sheet

Contents

Contents

Chapter 1

Recovery Operation .....................................................3-2

3.3

How to Retrieve Logs...................................................3-3

3.4

Error Message Content & Countermeasures.............3-4 3.4.1 70xx: Initialization Errors......................................3-4 3.4.2 71xx: Sensor Errors............................................. 3-12 3.4.3 72xx: Single Unit Operation Initialization Errors.................................................................... 3-29 3.4.4 73xx: Single Unit Operation Sensor Errors ...... 3-35 3.4.5 74xx: Image Read Related Errors...................... 3-52 3.4.6 76xx: Single Unit Operation Image Read Related Errors...................................................... 3-55 3.4.7 77xx: FPGA, SDRAM Related Errors.............. 3-59 3.4.8 780x: Other.......................................................... 3-65 3.4.9 781x: Door status ................................................ 3-65 3.4.10 782x: Warnings ................................................... 3-66 3.4.11 7999: Reader Program Destroyed ..................... 3-66 3.4.12 14xxx: Sensitivity Correction Error................... 3-66 3.4.13 24xxx: JM Communication Errors.................... 3-67 3.4.14 25xxx: ImagePilot Connection Error ................ 3-67 3.4.15 26xxx: the service tool Error.............................. 3-68 3.4.16 27xxx: USB Related Errors................................ 3-68

Safety Warnings & Precautions.......1-1

1.1

Symbols relating to Safety...........................................1-2 1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol.............................................. 1-2 1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words)........................... 1-2 1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols.......................... 1-2

1.2

Warning Labels.............................................................1-3

1.3

Safety Precautions .......................................................1-4 1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal and Regulatory Requirements..................................... 1-4 1.3.2 General Precautions .............................................. 1-4 1.3.3 Handling Precautions............................................ 1-4 1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling Cassettes/Plates...................................................... 1-4 1.3.5 Servicing Precautions............................................ 1-5 1.3.6 Disposal Cautions.................................................. 1-5

Chapter 2

3.2

3.5

Before Repairing...............................2-1

Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages.................................... 3-70 3.5.1 Device Sound ...................................................... 3-70 3.5.2 If power cannot be turned ON............................ 3-70 3.5.3 Plate related.......................................................... 3-70 3.5.4 Defective image .................................................. 3-70

2.1

Names of Parts.............................................................2-2 2.1.1 External View of the device.................................. 2-2 2.1.2 Status lamps........................................................... 2-3

2.2

Configuration ................................................................2-4

Chapter 4

2.3

Main Specifications.......................................................2-5 2.3.1 Device Specifications............................................ 2-5 2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing .................................... 2-5 2.3.3 Control Part Functions.......................................... 2-7

4.1

Behavior Confirmation Summary ................................4-2

4.2

[Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display..............................4-2 4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function Summary......4-2 4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function Summary.....4-3

2.4

Block Diagram ..............................................................2-8

2.5

Main Part Locations .....................................................2-9 2.5.1 Frame...................................................................... 2-9 2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit ........................................... 2-10 2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit........................................... 2-11 2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit ...................................................... 2-12 2.5.5 Exposure Unit...................................................... 2-13 2.5.6 Light Collection Unit .......................................... 2-13 2.5.7 Eraser Unit ........................................................... 2-14

2.6

Behavior Explained ....................................................2-15 2.6.1 State Transition Diagram.................................... 2-15 2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading).................. 2-16 2.6.3 Initialization Operation ....................................... 2-19 2.6.4 Erase Operation................................................... 2-21

2.7

Cassette/Plate Handling ............................................2-22

2.8

Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc. Needed for Service ....2-22

Chapter 3 3.1

Troubleshooting ................................3-1

Work Flow.....................................................................3-2

Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior.............................................4-1

4.3

Confirming behavior of a single device .......................4-3

4.4

Sensor status Check....................................................4-5 4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process .....................4-5 4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status.................................4-5 4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status .....................................4-6

Chapter 5

Disassembly & Assembly.................5-1

5.1

Before Disassembly .....................................................5-2 5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions .........................5-2 5.1.2 Checking & adjustments needed after assembly..................................................................5-2 5.1.3 Problems that often occur after assembly ............5-3

5.2

Fundamental Steps ......................................................5-3 5.2.1 Power OFF/ON......................................................5-3 5.2.2 Removing the external panel & parts...................5-4 5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy.......5-5 5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit...5-6 5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel............5-7

REGIUS /II Service Manual

1

Contents

Contents

Introduction.................................................................................... i Cautions .............................................................................. i Trademarks ......................................................................... i How to Read this Manual ............................................................. i Structure of This Manual..................................................... i Difference between REGIUS  and REGIUS  II.......................ii Parts changed.....................................................................ii Board Compatibility.............................................................ii

Contents

5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 5.2.10 5.2.11 5.2.12 5.2.13 5.2.14

Contents

Contents

Removing & attaching the right side panel......... 5-8 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy.5-9 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit.. 5-9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy .......... 5-11 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit.......... 5-12 Removing and attaching the eraser unit ............ 5-17 Removing & attaching the exposure unit.......... 5-20 Removing & attaching light collection unit...... 5-21 Removing & attaching the upper door assy...... 5-23

5.3

Changing electrical parts............................................5-25 5.3.1 Changing the status LED board......................... 5-25 5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board........................ 5-25 5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser LED).. 5-27 5.3.4 Changing the main board.................................... 5-28 5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply ........................ 5-30 5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker....... 5-31 5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy................... 5-32 5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2........... 5-33 5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor.............................. 5-34 5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving)....... 5-34 5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light emitting) ........ 5-35 5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and V-SYNC assembly............................................................... 5-37 5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor..................... 5-38 5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor............................. 5-39

5.4

Changing mechanical parts.......................................5-40 5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor................. 5-40 5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy............................................. 5-41 5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor............... 5-43 5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan............... 5-44 5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch............................ 5-45 5.4.6 Changing the upper door guide.......................... 5-46 5.4.7 Changing the link assemblies............................. 5-47 5.4.8 Changing the entrance guide.............................. 5-48 5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers................................... 5-49

5.5

Changing cassette parts ............................................5-51 5.5.1 Disassembling a cassette..................................... 5-51

Chapter 6 6.1

Chapter 9 9.1

Maintenance & Inspection................7-1

Maintenance/Inspection Schedule..............................7-2

7.2

Plate feeding path cleaning .........................................7-2

Chapter 8

Revision History ................................9-1

Manual revision history.................................................9-2

Adjustments ......................................6-1

7.1

2

Device Wiring Diagram ................................................8-9 8.2.1 REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram..............8-9 8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram......... 8-10

Oblique adjustments ....................................................6-2

Chapter 7

8.1

8.2

Appendix ...........................................8-1

Service Tool Screen (Unit test)....................................8-2 8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen................................................... 8-2 8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen................................... 8-3 8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen ................................................ 8-7 8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen....................................... 8-8 8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen...................................... 8-8

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Introduction

How to Read this Manual

The Direct Digitizer REGIUS  and/or REGIUS  II (called the "device" hereinafter) is an X-ray image cassette reading device that uses photostimulable phosphor as an X-ray detector. This manual states the cautions and steps for service engineers to perform repair or maintenance of this device (or a system including this device). After reading through this manual, make sure it is readily accessible for future reference.

Structure of This Manual This manual is divided into the following 9 chapters describing device repair and maintenance methods, as well as safety precautions and operation.

Chapter 1: Safety Warnings & Cautions An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow while repairing or maintaining this device.

Chapter 2: Before Repairing An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood before attempting to repair or maintain this device.

Chapter 3: Troubleshooting An explanation of the various methods for dealing with devicerelated troubles.

Chapter 4: Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior An explanation of how to confirm device operation.

Chapter 5: Disassembly & Assembly An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble the device.

Chapter 6: Making Adjustments An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and maintenance.

Chapter 7: Maintenance & Inspection An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device.

Chapter 8: Appendix A list of technical information for reference during device repair or maintenance.

Chapter 9: Revision History

Cautions

IMPORTANT

1) Unauthorized reproduction of any part of this manual is prohibited. 2) The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. 3) Any discrepancies, errors or omissions noted should be communicated to the manufacturer.

Settings and behavior confirmation of the device are performed with the service tools of REGIUS ImagePilot (hereinafter ImagePilot).Service tool operation details can be found in the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual, so you are recommended to refer to it when necessary.

4) Notwithstanding item 3) above, the manufacturer accepts no responsibility whatsoever for any loss or decrease in profi ts arising from usage of the product.

Trademarks Company names and product names in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. ©, ® and ™, representing these ownerships, are omitted in the following pages. Copyright © 2011 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

i

Difference between REGIUS  and REGIUS  II Parts changed The following REGIUS  parts are replaced in the REGIUS  II. Category

No.

Name

Outline of the change Logo (REGIUS II) is printed

1

Parts

Front panel

2

Parts

Rating plate

3

Parts

Sensor on each part_relay Assy

Pin-out

4

Parts

LED_BOARD

LED2_BOARD

5

Parts

LED_DRIVE_BOARD

LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

6

Parts

FFC cable_Assy

Number of pins, Connector connection method

7

Parts

SW power supply MAIN_BOARD_Assy

With a ferrite core

8

Unit

Eraser Unit

• LED2_BOARD • LED_DRIVE2_BOARD • FFC cable_Assy

-

Board Compatibility Equipment and Board

• REGIUS  can use both new and old boards. • REGIUS  is also be planned to be integrated in the new board. Board Equipment

• •

Old LED_BOARD LED_DRIVE_BOARD

• •

New LED2_BOARD LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

REGIUS 





REGIUS II





LED and Drive Board

• The new and old boards are not compatible with each other when combined. Drive Board LED_DRIVE_BOARD

LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

LED

ii

REGIUS 





REGIUS II





REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter

Chapter 1

Warnings & 1 Safety Precautions An explanation of the safety warnings and cautions to follow while repairing or maintaining this device. 1.1

Symbols relating to Safety .......................................................1-2 1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol...................................................1-2 1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words) ................................1-2 1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols ...............................1-2

1.2

Warning Labels.........................................................................1-3

1.3

Safety Precautions ...................................................................1-4 1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal and Regulatory Requirements .........................................1-4 1.3.2 General Precautions..................................................1-4 1.3.3 Handling Precautions ................................................1-4 1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling Cassettes/Plates........................................................1-4 1.3.5 Servicing Precautions................................................1-5 1.3.6 Disposal Cautions......................................................1-5

Safety Warnings & Precautions

1

Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.1 Symbols relating to Safety

1.1.3 Description of Graphic Symbols

1.1.1 Safety Alert Symbol

A triangle indicates a danger against which you should take precaution. e.g.)

This is the "safety alert symbol." This symbol alerts you to matters and/or operation potentially hazardous to yourself and other people. Read these messages and follow the instructions carefully.

This symbol warns against "Danger of Electrical Shocks". A diagonal line indicates a prohibited course of action. e.g.)

1.1.2 Warning Notice (Signal Words)

1.1 Symbols relating to Safety

1

Signal words indicate the degree of potential hazards in the use of the product. Signal words include the following three types, which are used according to risk of damage caused by danger and the severity of damage.

This symbol indicates you "Do Not Disassemble". A solid circle indicates an imperative course of action. e.g.)

DANGER

This symbol indicates you must "Remove Plug from Power Outlet".

Indicates a imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Graphic symbols

Explanation

Indicates items that cannnot be touched.

CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to indicate hazardous situation where only physical damage is likely to occur.

Indicates that AC power is being used. Indicates the off position for the main power switch of this device. Indicates the on position for the main power switch of this device. Indicates that a plate is jammed inside the device.

1-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.2 Warning Labels Warning labels are attached to the following areas of the device. CAUTION Before performing maintenance such as installation or repair, make sure to fully understand the meaning of each warning label, and how to handle each section they are located in.

Laser warning label

1.2 Warning Labels

1

Exposure Unit

REGIUS /II Service Manual

1-3

Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.3 Safety Precautions

1.3.3 Handling Precautions

Read all safety precautions thoroughly before using the device. Be sure to observe the safety precautions described in this section.

1.3.1 Precautions Necessary to Follow Legal and Regulatory Requirements CAUTION

1

Caution as to laser control To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover or touch the inside of the equipment.

1.3 Safety Precautions

Specifications of laser unit Item

Specifications

Class

3B

Medium

Semiconductor laser

Wavelength

659 nm

Maximum output

130 mW

WARNING • If unusual noises, odor, or smoke comes from this device, stop operation. If unusual noises, odor, or smoke coming from this device is detected, immediately stop operation. If you continue to operate it with the abnormal condition left as it is, it could cause an electric shock, fire, or damage to the device.

• Be careful not to trip over or trample on the power cable. If you continue to use the damaged cable, it could cause an electric shock, heat generation or fire.

• Do not remove the power plug by pulling on the power cable. Doing so may cause the power cable to break, resulting in heat generation or fire.

• Do not put drinks or foreign objects on the device.

This device is a Class 1 laser product.

Do not put drinks such as juice or foreign objects such as clips and pins on this machine. If you use this device after liquids or foreign objects such as metals have entered the machine, it can cause a short in the internal circuit, resulting in fire.

CAUTION

1.3.2 General Precautions

• Do not block air intakes or outlets of the device. If air intakes or outlets of the device are blocked, it can cause the device to fail or reduce the accuracy of image reading.

WARNING • Do not perform any work or operations that are not described in this manual. If you do accidentally conduct work not described in this manual, you may suffer from burns or electric shock due to touching a hot section or high voltage component of this machine.

• Be sure to follow safety precautions for warning labels. Be sure to follow the safety precautions contained in this manual and shown on warning labels attached to this machine. Failure to observe these precautions may result in personal injury or damage to this machine.

• This device is equipped with a laser generator (class 3B). Avoid exposing the eyes or skin to direct laser, as it could cause a serious injury.

• Removing exterior covers To prevent danger, make sure that only service engineers who received proper formal training will remove the exterior cover or touch the inside of the device.

• Do not leave objects standing on the device or do not step on it. Doing so may lead to the risk of injury due to falling, or damage the device.

• Do not use equipment such as mobile phones that emit electromagnetic waves. If you use equipment such as mobile phones that emit electromagnetic waves near the device, it can have a negative effect on the device.

1.3.4 Precautions Relating to Handling Cassettes/Plates WARNING • Do not scratch the plate. The photostimulable luminescent material used on the plate can cause problems if it enters the human body. If the protective layer on the plate surface has been severely damaged and the photostimulable luminescent material is exposed, take the following actions.

- If swallowed, consult a physician immediately. - If the eyes are exposed to it, flush them with clean water and consult a physician immediately.

- If the skin is exposed to it, rinse with clean water immediately.

- Even if the photostimulable luminescent material does not enter the human body, take preventive measures against contact and dispose of the plate immediately in accordance with the applicable standards.

1-4

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 1 Safety Warnings & Precautions

1.3.5 Servicing Precautions WARNING • Do not insert a piece of wire or metal. Do not insert foreign objects such as metal strip or wire through vent or gap in the main device. Doing so may result in electric shock.

• Be sure to turn OFF when servicing. Pulling the circuit board out of this machine or removing connectors and cables while the power is turned on may result in a serious accident. Make sure to turn off the power supply circuit breaker before starting these operations.

1

CAUTION 1.3 Safety Precautions

• When handling internal electronic components of the device, wear a wristband. When handling internal electronic components, wear an antistatic wristband. If you touch an electronic component such as circuit board with an electrostaticallycharged hand, it can cause damage.

• Before cleaning, make sure to unplug the power supply, or switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker. Be sure to unplug or turn OFF the power switch before cleaning this machine. You could get your finger caught in sliding or rotating parts.

1.3.6 Disposal Cautions CAUTION • Please follow the rules and regulations of your relevant authorities in the disposal of this device, accessories, options, consumables, media and their packing materials.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

1-5

Blank Sheet

Chapter 2

2 Before Repairing An explanation of device fundamentals that need to be understood before attempting to repair or maintain this device. 2.1

Names of Parts.........................................................................2-2 2.1.1 External View of the device.......................................2-2 2.1.2 Status lamps...............................................................2-3

2.2

Configuration.............................................................................2-4

2.3

Main Specifications...................................................................2-5 2.3.1 Device Specifications.................................................2-5 2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing.........................................2-5 2.3.3 Control Part Functions...............................................2-7

2.4

Block Diagram ..........................................................................2-8

2.5

Main Part Locations..................................................................2-9 2.5.1 Frame.........................................................................2-9 2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit.................................................2-10 2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit................................................. 2-11 2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit ..........................................................2-12 2.5.5 Exposure Unit ..........................................................2-13 2.5.6 Light Collection Unit.................................................2-13 2.5.7 Eraser Unit ...............................................................2-14

2.6

Behavior Explained ................................................................2-15 2.6.1 State Transition Diagram.........................................2-15 2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading).......................2-16 2.6.3 Initialization Operation .............................................2-19 2.6.4 Erase Operation.......................................................2-21

2.7

Cassette/Plate Handling ........................................................2-22

2.8

Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc. Needed for Service ................2-22

2 Before Repairing

Chapter

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.1 Names of Parts Part names are indicated here that should be known in order to repair the device.

2.1.1 External View of the device 17

18

2 1 13

2.1 Names of Parts

Right

15

1

8

16

Rear

14

10 11 12 2 1

3

4 5 Left

Front 6

No.

Common Name (Part Name)

No.

7

Common Name (Part Name)

8

9

No.

Common Name (Part Name)

No.

Common Name (Part Name)

1

Intake vent

2

Light Collection Unit Cleaning Handle (Handle)

3

Unjamming dial (Handle)

4

Left Door (Left door Assy)

5

Left side panel (Left side panel)

6

USB Cover (USB cover)

7

Power supply circuit breaker (Circuit protector)

8

Exhaust outlet

9

Front panel (Front panel Assy)

10

Cassette insertion slot

11

Status lamps

12

Erase button (Erase button)

13

Right side panel (Right side panel)

14

Power supply port (Inlet-NF wiring Assy)

16

Rear panel (Rear panel patch Assy)

17

Upper cover (Upper cover Assy)

18

Upper Door (Upper door Assy)

2-2

• Refer to Page 2-3. 15

Rear door (Rear Assy)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.1.2 Status lamps

Ready Busy Error Erase

2 The 4 LEDs that indicate this device's current status are called "Status Lamps."

Ready Lamp

Color Green

Function

2.1 Names of Parts

Name

Indicates when a cassette is loaded or ejected.

• Lit: The cassette can be loaded. • Blinking: The process has finished, and the cassette can be ejected. Busy Lamp

Blue

Indicates the process status.

• Lit: Process in progress. • Blinking: Preparing to start process (inspection questions during image reading) • Unlit: The process has stopped. Error Lamp

Yellow

Indicates error and warning status.

• Lit: Warning status alert, or connection with ImagePilot not established. • Blinking: Error status alert Erase Lamp

Orange

Indicates Erase Mode status.

• Lit: Image erase in progress, or the Erase switch is being pressed. • Blinking: Image erase mode is selected, and device is in standby mode for cassette loading (5 seconds).

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-3

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.2 Configuration A description of how the device is configured.

1

2.2 Configuration

2

3

4 No.

6

2

Name

5

7

8

Function

1

External Unit

Protects the device's interior parts from light, vibration, and other outside influences. It is made up of a upper panel, side panels, and a door for accessing interior parts of the device.

2

Frame

Make up the device's frame. Control parts, an inlet for power supply, and power sources are also included.

3

Upper Insertion Unit

4

Lower Insertion Unit

Has a mechanism to release the loaded cassette's lock, and to eject or return the plate to normal. Display and operational parts are also included.

5

Sub-scan Unit

Feeds the plate (with sub scan).

6

Eraser Unit

Erases any image information remaining on the plate.

7

Exposure Unit

Scan excited laser light for the plate.

8

Light Collection Unit

Gathers phosphor light generated from the plate and converts it into electric signals.

2-4

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.3 Main Specifications

Compatible Cassettes & Plates

Item

Item

Content

External dimensions

510 (W) × 610 (D) × 355 (H) mm

Mass

Approximately 28 kg (excluding cassette and plate)

Noise level (Excluding noise originating from user operation (such as cassette loading).)

During operation

Average = 53 dB or less Maximum = 61 dB or less

During standby

Average = 25 dB or less

Maximum power consumption

100 VA or less (100 V, 1 A or less)

Power source

Japan

100 V ± 10% (50/60 Hz)

Other areas

115/120 V ± 10% (60 Hz) 110/220/230/240 V ± 10%(50/60 Hz) 200 V ± 10% (50 Hz)

Hygrothermal environment

Transport packing status

-20 to 60 ℃ / 90% RH or less (no condensation) 0.7 to 1.0 atmospheric pressure (= 709 to 1013 (hPa))

During operation

10 to 30 ℃ / 15 to 80% RH (no condensation)

When not operating

-10 to 40 ℃ / 90% RH or less (no condensation)

External connection

USB 2.0 (Konica Minolta independent communications specifications)

Service life

7 years (10 cassettes per day × 25 days per month × 12 months per year × 7 years = 21,000 cassettes)

Readable cassette types

Readable plate types

Content RC-300 cassettes with isolated open/close structures and equivalent Japan

14" × 17", 14" × 14", 11" × 14", 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 15cm × 30 cm

Other areas

14" × 17", 14" × 14", 11" × 14", 10" × 12", 8" × 10", 24cm × 30 cm, 18cm × 24 cm, 15cm × 30 cm

Regius Plate FP-1S or equivalent

IMPORTANT

Cassettes/plates that can be used with this device are device exclusive. Rigid type cassettes used with the REGIUS MODEL 110, etc. cannot be used for this device.

2.3.2 Image Reading & Erasing Processing Ability Item Reading resolution

Content Normal read mode (175 µm) High-definition read mode (87.5 µm)

• According to ImagePilot licensing. There are no resolution settings for this unit. Cycle time

REGIUS 

IMPORTANT

User should consider service life 6 years. (A 6year service life is also mentioned in the operation manual.) Accessories

Up to 75 seconds per cassette (14" × 14" / normal read mode)

Other areas

Up to 80 seconds per cassette (14" × 17" / normal read mode)

Japan

Up to 54 seconds per cassette (14" × 14" / normal read mode)

Other areas

Up to 60 seconds per cassette (14" × 17" / normal read mode)

• Power cable (length: 3 m) • USB Cable (length: 5 m, USB 2.0 High Speed compatible)

• Operation manual • Opening tools for cassette Parts requiring periodic change

REGIUS II

Japan

• The fastest time from the cassette being

None

loaded and locked, to the end of the reading process when the cassette is removed. The fastest erase speed for standard dose exposure. Cassette replacement time = 0 seconds.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-5

2 2.3 Main Specifications

2.3.1 Device Specifications

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Item

Read image size (Other areas)

Content

Processing Ability

REGIUS 

Japan

About 48 cassettes per hour (14" × 14" / normal read mode)

Other areas

REGIUS II

About 45 cassettes per hour (14" × 17" / normal read mode)

Japan

About 66 cassettes per hour (14" × 14" / normal read mode)

Other areas

About 60 cassettes per hour (14" × 17" / normal read mode)

2 2.3 Main Specifications

• When continuous cassette loading, for the number of cassettes going through the process per hour. Digital gradation level

Read pixel count Normal read mode

X way

Y way

X way

Y way

X way

Y way

14"  17"

365.75

442.05

2090

2526

4180

5052

14"  14"

365.75

365.75

2090

2090

4180

4180

11"  14"

289.10

365.75

1652

2090

3304

4180

10"  12"

264.25

315.35

1510

1802

3020

3604

8"  10"

213.50

264.25

1220

1510

2440

3020

24 cm  30 cm

250.25

310.10

1430

1772

2860

3544

18 cm  24 cm

190.40

250.25

1088

1430

2176

2860

15 cm  30 cm

310.45

160.30

1774

916

3548

1832

Exposure Unit

Read capacity (mm)

Item

Read pixel count Normal read mode

High-definition read mode

X way

Y way

X way

Y way

X way

Y way

14"  17"

365.75

442.05

2090

2526

4180

5052

14"  14"

365.75

365.75

2090

2090

4180

4180

11"  14"

289.10

365.75

1652

2090

3304

4180

10"  12"

264.25

315.35

1510

1802

3020

3604

8"  10"

213.50

264.25

1220

1510

2440

3020

15 cm  30 cm

310.45

160.30

1774

916

3548

1832

Content

Method

Laser scanning by polygon mirror

Laser wavelength

659  5 nm

Light Collection Unit Item

Content

Method

Light collecting mirror + reed-shaped light guide + angled excitation light cut filter + rounded photomultiplier tube (PMT)

Excitation light elimination

An angled excitation light cut filter is placed in the light guide window to eliminate excitation light.

Eraser Unit Item Method

2-6

High-definition read mode

12-bit (4096 gradation)

Read image size (Japan) Cassette type

Read capacity (mm)

Cassette type

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Content Erasing done by white LED.

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Sub-scan Unit Item Method

Content Exposure unit fixed plate feed method

• Sub-scan (read/erase) of feeded photostimulable phosphor plate by optical/ light collection unit. Driving method

The sheet-type plate roller feed method using a 3-phase stepping motor.

Operation

• When reading: reading is outward, erasing is out and back.

• When erasing: reading is outward (max signal value confirmation), erasing is out and back.

2

2.3.3 Control Part Functions Function name

2.3 Main Specifications

The main control part functions are as follows. Content

Image data generation function

• This function generates image data via laser

Image data revision/ calculation function

• Moire elimination calculation • Gain/offset revision calculation • Shading irregularity correction, polygon

scanning.

revision

• Erase speed calculation Communication function

• Command receiving function • This function transmits read image data to a console PC.

• This function provides a device status notification. Control function

• This function is triggered by cassette loading, and performs a series of controls including mechanical control, optical control, signal processing control, communication control, etc.

• This function performs the controls needed to execute commands received via USB 2.0 interface communication.

• This function saves the base board serial number to device memory which should recognize the device's uniqueness. Calibration function (during maintenance/ shipment settings)

Mainly the following functions are performed.

• • • •

Gain/offset function Irregularity calibration function Sensitivity calibration function Image position/size adjustment function

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-7

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.4 Block Diagram



<Eraser Unit>

<Exposure Unit>

Tray Moving Motor

Eraser LED Cooling Fan

LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

LD_DRIVE_BOARD

Loading NIP Motor

Magnetic Clutch

LED2_BOARD

LD_BOARD

Size Detecting Sensor 3

Loading/Feeding Motor

Size Detecting Sensor 4

Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor

Left Cassette Lock Sensor

Plate Sensor (light receiving)

Right Cassette Lock Sensor

Cassette Sensor

H-SYNC_BOARD DC24/5V

(DC24V)

<Sub-scan Unit>

Loading NIP HP Sensor

2.4 Block Diagram

2

Polygon

Sub-scan NIP Motor

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor



Sub-scan Feeding Motor

Tray Lock Release Sensor

Size Detecting Sensor 1

V-SYNC Sensor

Plate Sensor (light emitting)

Size Detecting Sensor 2

Entrance NIP Sensor

Tray Sensor

Exit NIP Sensor

Tray HP Sensor

Rear Door Interlock SW

STATUS_LED_BOARD

Photomultiplier Tube

ANALOG_BOARD

Upper Door Interlock SW DC24V

MAIN_BOARD

External IF

AC Power Source

Inlet

Noise Filter

SW power supply 24V

USB

ImagePilot PC

AC100V to 240V

Excluding what is listed in the diagram, motors are supplied 24V, and other devices are supplied 5V of electricity from the main board.

2-8

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5 Main Part Locations This is an explanation of where each device's main parts are positioned and how they function.

2.5.1 Frame 2

3

1 11

12

4 No.

Name

5

6

7

8

Function

9

10

Reference for how to change

1

Cassette Sensor

Turned ON when the cassette is loaded.

"5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor (Page 5-34)"

2

Feeding Roller

The loading/feeding motor operates to remove or insert the plate from/into the cassette.

"5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"

3

Magnetic Clutch

Regulates power sent to feeding roller.

"5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)"

4

Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor

Turned ON when the left door is open.

-

5

Power supply circuit breaker

Used to turn the device's power ON/OFF.

6

SW power supply

7

MAIN_BOARD

A base board that controls the device.

"5.3.4 Changing the main board (Page 5-28)"

8

Insertion feed motor

Removes or inserts the plate from/into the cassette.

"5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor (Page 5-40)"

9

Eraser LED Cooling Fan

Takes in outside air to keep the eraser unit LED cool.

"5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan (Page 5-44)"

10

Inlet-NF wiring Assy

-

"5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy (Page 532)"

11

Noise filter

-

-

12

Plate Sensor (light receiving)

-

Works together with the plate sensor (light emitting) of the upper insertion unit to detect whether a plate exists or not. Turns ON when a plate exists.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

"5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker (Page 5-31)" "5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply (Page 530)"

"5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving) (Page 5-34)"

2-9

2.5 Main Part Locations

2

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.2 Upper Insertion Unit 1

2

10

11

3 4

5

6

7

8

9

12

13

14

2 11

2.5 Main Part Locations

10

1

13

14

2 12

3 4

5

No. 1

Name Switch (interlock 1)

6 7

8

9

Function Turned OFF when the upper door is open. This is not a safety interlock, but when turned OFF, power is disconnected from the following.

Reference for how to change -

• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc. • Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation • LD power 2

Adjusting cam, adjusting board

Used for oblique adjustments. Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

3

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor

4

Tray Lock Release Sensor

5

Loading NIP HP Sensor

Detects NIP status, the tray's lock status, etc. when the plate is moving in and out of the cassette. Refer to "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page 4-6)".

6

Insertion nip motor

Performs NIP operation, or moves the tray's abutment plate up and down when the image plate is moving in and out of the cassette.

Not changed as a single unit.

7

Left Cassette Lock Sensor

Turned ON when the cassette is locked on the left side.

Not changed as a single unit.

8

Size Detection Sensor 4

Not changed as a single unit.

9

Size Detection Sensor 3

Determines cassette size in a group of 4 sensors together with size detection sensors 1 and 2 of the lower insertion unit. Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)".

2-10

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Not changed as a single unit. -

Not changed as a single unit.

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

No.

Name

Function

Reference for how to change

10

Plate Sensor (light emitting)

Works together with the frame's plate sensor (light receiving) to detect whether a plate exists or not.

"5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light emitting) (Page 5-35)"

11

Tray Sensor

Turned ON when the tray is outside of the cassette.

Not changed as a single unit.

12

Right Cassette Lock Sensor

Turned ON when the cassette is locked on the right side.

Not changed as a single unit.

13

Casette tray move motor

Moves the tray in and out, and corrects cassette tilt.

Not changed as a single unit.

14

Tray HP Sensor

Turned ON when the notches used for moving the tray in and out are in their home position.

-

2.5.3 Lower Insertion Unit

2 2.5 Main Part Locations

3

2

1

No.

Name

Function

Reference for how to change

1

Status LED board

A base board for status display (status lamps) and operations (Erase switch).

"5.3.1 Changing the status LED board (Page 525)"

2

Size Detection Sensor 1

3

Size Detection Sensor 2

Determines cassette size in a group of 4 sensors together with size detection sensors 3 and 4 of the upper insertion unit. Refer to "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)".

"5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2 (Page 5-33)"

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-11

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.4 Sub-scan Unit 1

2 3

4

5

11

8

12

2.5 Main Part Locations

2 6 7 No.

9 Name

Function

10

Reference for how to change

1

Entrance NIP Sensor

Turned ON when Drive Roller U is in NIP status.

"5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor (Page 5-38)"

2

Drive Roller U

Feeds the plate via a Sub-scan Feeding Motor.

"5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers (Page 5-49)"

3

Drive Roller D

4

Sub-scan NIP Motor

Performs NIP for Drive Roller U and Drive Roller D.

"5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and subscan drive Assy (Page 5-41)"

5

Sub-scan Feeding Motor

Feeds the plate.

"5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor (Page 5-43)"

6

Handle (Unjamming dial)

Used to rotate Drive Rollers U and D when a plate jam occurs.

7

Exit NIP Sensor

Turned ON when Drive Roller D is in NIP status.

"5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor (Page 5-39)"

8

Driven entrance assembly driven roller

Operates via Sub-scan NIP motor to perform NIP for Drive Roller U and Drive Roller D.

-

9

Driven exit assembly - driven roller

10

Switch (interlock 2)

-

Turned OFF when the rear door is open. This is not a safety interlock, but when turned OFF, power is disconnected from the following.

-

• Mechanical control power for motors, fans, etc. • Eraser LED, power for high-voltage generation • LD power 11

V-SYNC assembly

12

V-SYNC Sensor

2-12

Detects when passage is available for the plate in a reading area. Sensor is ON when a plate exists.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

"5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and VSYNC assembly (Page 5-37)"

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.5 Exposure Unit

Parts within the exposure unit cannot be changed individually. If a problem occurs within the exposure unit, the entire exposure unit must be changed. IMPORTANT

Do not disassemble the exposure unit.

2.5.6 Light Collection Unit

2

1 No.

Name

Function

Reference for how to change

1

Handle (Light Collection Unit Cleaning Handle)

Activates a cleaning mechanism to keep the light guide and laser scanning line of the light collection unit free of dust.

"5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)"

2

Analog board

A base board that takes in analog signals from the photomultiplier tube and converts them.

Not changed as a single unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-13

2.5 Main Part Locations

2

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.5.7 Eraser Unit

1

2.5 Main Part Locations

2

No. 1

2-14

Name LED_DRIVE2_BOARD

Function A base board that controls the Eraser LED.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Reference for how to change "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board (Page 525)"

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6 Behavior Explained 2.6.1 State Transition Diagram Power Supply Circuit Breaker OFF (Constant)

Power Supply Circuit Breaker ON

Boot Initialization Process

Routine Mode

2

Cassette Inserted

2.6 Behavior Explained

Erase Switch pressed for 2 seconds

Erase Mode Cassette Inserted

Cassette Ejected

Erase Process

Cassette Ejected

Image Reading

Error Occurs

Door Opened/Closed

No sleep mode as with REGIUS MODELS 110/210 is available. (No operation switch.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-15

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6.2 Normal Operation (Image Reading) Operation/ control Initialization

No. 1

Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram)

Exposure / Optical / Eraser

Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)

Notch (A) for tray removal retracts.

Upper Insertion Unit

• Drive source: Tray moving

B

motor (F) 2

A

The tray's lock release Notch (B) retracts.

C

• Drive source: Loading NIP

D

motor (G) User loads cassette

3

2.6 Behavior Explained

2 5

7

Notch (B) is lowered, and the tray lock is released. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G)

8

Notch (A) ejects the tray, and bumps it against the abutment plate. • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F)

9

Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned ON. (Feeding roller connects to drive source.)

12

13

rotate for cassette detection.

11 Abutment Plate

E

Size Detection Sensor 3 7 3 4 Cassette 5 8 6 12

10 11

The NIP roller is lowered, and moves into NIP status with the feeding roller. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G)

Abutment Plate F

The abutment plate is raised with the tray attached, and the image plate is removed from the tray. • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) Notch (A) slightly returns the tray (to avoid tray and roller contact). • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F) Loading/Feeding Motor (I) starts the plate into send feed. At the same time, Sub-scan Feeding Motor (J) starts up. • Drive source: Loading/ Feeding Motor (I)

2

10

NIP Roller

Notch (A) is lowered, and connects to the cassette's tray ejection notch (cassette open/ close lever). • Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) Notch (A) moves in the tray's return direction and corrects the cassette's position. • Drive source: Tray moving motor (F)

11

2-16

Notch (D) releases tray lock (bolt mechanism). (For large cassettes only) • No drive sourcePart (E) is pushed into operation by the cassette.

6

10

Plate is sent (feed)

• Polygon starts to

Notch (C) locks the cassette.

• No drive source 4

Plate is ejected

1

I 13 ON

H 9 ON

• Seven seconds later, the polygon lock is confirmed, the laser emits low level light, and PMT high voltage is turned ON. (PMT voltage level rises until V-SYNC detection)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

NIP Roller G

J 13 ON

Feeding Roller Drive Roller U Drive Roller D

Power

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Operation/ control (V-SYNC detection)

No. 14

15

Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram) Loading/Feeding Motor (I) stops. Magnetic Clutch (H) is turned OFF. The feeding roller is released from NIP status. (Otherwise the plate will scrape against the roller.)

Exposure / Optical / Eraser

Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)

• When V-SYNC

Driven Entrance Assembly

detection has 42 line counts (H-SYNC) remaining, the laser emits strong light, and image reading begins.

Driven Exit Assembly

K 14 OFF

Drive Roller D goes into NIP status. (The timing is the same regardless of cassette size.)

14 OFF 12 ON 15

• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP

12 ON

Motor (K) 16

14

16

V-SYNC Detection 14

Drive Roller U is released from NIP status. (Timing differs according to cassette size.)

• Drive source: Sub-scan NIP

2

Plate is returned (feed)

17

Send feed stops at 10 mm from V-SYNC detection.

18

Sub-scan Feeding Motor (J) begins the plate's return feed. At the same time, an operation begins in which Drive Roller U moves into NIP status.

• The Eraser LED lights up.

18 ON

Feeding Motor (J) (V-SYNC detection) (Plate detected)

19

21

Plate Detected 20

• Drive source: Sub-scan

18

20 ON

• From V-SYNC detection to 45 mm, feed speed gets faster, then slows down.

20

When the plate sensor detects a plate (at the front end of its return direction), the Magnetic Clutch turns ON, and the feeding roller begins its return operation. (Timing differs according to plate size.)

21

The NIP roller is lowered, and moves into NIP status with the feeding roller.

2.6 Behavior Explained

Motor (K)

20 ON

18 ON 19 V-SYNC Detection

• Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) (No plate detected)

22

When the plate sensor does not detect a plate (at the far end of its return direction), the plate is determined to be stored in the cassette, and the tray's abutment plate is lowered. At the same time, Notch (B) is enabled to release the tray lock to take in tray storage.

• The Eraser LED shuts down.

No Plate Detected 22

22 23 OFF 22 OFF

• Drive source: Loading NIP motor (G) 23

The Magnetic Clutch is turned OFF.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-17

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Operation/ control Plate storage

No. 24

Feed (letters in parenthesis correspond to the diagram)

Exposure / Optical / Eraser

Diagram (Numbers here correspond with the "No." column)

Notch (A) returns the tray to the cassette. (Max send: Abutment)

• Drive source: Tray moving

A

motor (F) 25

C

Notch (A) moves slightly in the extraction direction. (To relieve the tray of push stress.)

• Drive source: Tray moving motor (F) 26

Notch (C) releases the cassette lock.

• Drive source: Loading NIP

Plate Sensor (light emitting)

B

motor (G) 26

2 2.6 Behavior Explained

24

User ejects the cassette (and initialization begins).

2-18

27

Moves into standby mode to prepare for the next image reading.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

25

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.6.3 Initialization Operation By switching the power supply circuit breaker to ON, device operation will begin, starting with the initialization process. After starting up, firmware initialization content is as follows. 1) CPU Initialization Process 2) OS Initialization Process 3) FPGA Configuration & Initialization 4) Generation of all resources, such as each firmware task, etc. 5) Kernel runs Each task operation will begin from this point, and the device will start up. USB communication initialization, mechanical and optical initialization etc. will also be performed simultaneously.

Mechanical Initialization Operation

Sensor Check

Plate Residue Check

Motor HP Eject Operation Eraser LED / Cooling Fan Disconnection Check

Error Detection

Error Detection

Error Detection

Error Detection

Optic Device Operation Check

Gain Offset Calculated

Normal Shutdown

Error Detection

Abnormal Shutdown

1. After the Sub-scan Feeding Motor has stopped, it will turn a determined number of revolutions, and the plate is sent to an area where it can easily be ejected from the upper Door (unjamming send process). 2. An error message is displayed. Motor HP Eject Operation The Tray Moving Motor, Loading NIP Motor, and Sub-scan NIP Motor HP eject operation is performed. During each operation, changes to the sensors attached to each motor are confirmed to make sure that no errors have occurred in the sensors. Tray Moving Motor: Tray HP Sensor Loading NIP Motor: Lock Release Sensor Loading NIP HP Sensor Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor Sub-scan NIP Motor: Entrance NIP Sensor Exit NIP Sensor Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check The Eraser LED and Eraser LED Cooling Fan are turned ON for a certain time, and if an Eraser LED error signal or Erase Fan error signal is detected during that time, error notification is given. For details, refer to " Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check Status (Page 2-21)". Optic Device Operation Check Polygon is rotated, and confirmation is made that polygon lock signal detection can be performed. Laser is activated to emit light, while HSYNC updates and PID (Polygon-ID) detection are confirmed. If HSYNC updates and PID detection cannot be confirmed, error notification is provided. For details, refer to " Moving into Optical Device Operation Check Status (Page 2-20)". Gain Offset Calculated Pixel values are entered with two reference current source types, and the gain offset is calculated from each average. • Motor HP Eject Operation and Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check will be performed in parallel.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-19

2 2.6 Behavior Explained

Power ON/When door is closed Initialization Operation

Summary Sensor Check All sensors are checked, then checks are made of whether or not there is a cassette in the Cassette Insertion Slot, and whether or not a plate is inside the device. If one is detected, error notification is provided. For details, refer to " Sensor Check Flow (Page 2-20)". Plate Residue Check The Sub-scan Feeding Motor is rotated for a certain amount of time, and if the V-SYNC sensor is turned ON (plate detected) at that time, the following operation is performed.

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Sensor Check Flow Sensor Check

High Voltage SW

Tray Sensor

Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7001)

OFF (Plate Attached)

V-SYNC Sensor

2.6 Behavior Explained

Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7000)

ON (Tray Ejection)

Plate Sensor

2

Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7413)

OFF (High Voltage OFF)

Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7002)

ON (Plate Attached)

Cassette Sensor

Error Notification to Status Management Task (Error Code = E7003)

ON (Cassette Attached)

Cassette Status Monitor notified that Cassette Insertion Monitoring will begin

Normal Shutdown

Abnormal Shutdown

Moving into Optical Device Operation Check Status

Polygon Rotation Begins Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer Begins

Polygon Rotation Check in Progress Timeout

Polygon Lock Detected Polygon Rotation Stability Standby Timer Stops Laser ON (half size 87.5 μm setting)

PID Signal Detection Standby

PID Signal Detection Failure

PID Signal Detection OK Laser OFF Polygon stopped

2-20

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Laser OFF Polygon stopped

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

Moving into Eraser LED/Cooling Fan Disconnection Check Status

Eraser LED ON Eraser LED Cooling Fan ON Error Monitor Timer Begins

Eraser LED Error Detection

Error Signal Monitoring

Timeout

Erase Fan Error Detection Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF

Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF

Eraser LED OFF Eraser LED Cooling Fan OFF

2 When the device's status is READY, holding down the Erase switch for at least 2 seconds will put it into Erase Mode status. Loading a cassette while the Erase Lamp is blinking will start the Erase operation. The Erase operation adjusts to the plate status to perform at the optimal speed.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

2-21

2.6 Behavior Explained

2.6.4 Erase Operation

Chapter 2 Before Repairing

2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling Carefully adhere to the following instructions when handling a cassette or plate. IMPORTANT

Only cassettes and plates exclusively produced for this device can be used with it. Rigid cassettes that are used with REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. cannot be used.

2.8 Tools, Instruments, Jigs, etc. Needed for Service The following tools, instruments, jigs are needed to service this device. Jig / Tool Standard Tools

• Phillips-head screwdriver

Comment The tray is used to store loose screws and parts.

(#1 bit): for cassette

Maintaining image quality • Always make sure the plate's reading surface has not been scratched or contaminated with foreign objects.

• If you find any foreign objects on the plate's reading surface, immediately clean it off.

• When handling a plate, wear the proper type of gloves

2.7 Cassette/Plate Handling

2

according to film handling.

• Keep the plate away from sunlight. • If the plate is exposed to fluorescent light during cleaning, etc. make sure to complete the task as quickly as possible and immediately load the plate into the cassette when finished.

• Do not let the cassette get scratched or dirty.

• Phillips-head screwdriver (#2 bit): for device

• • • • •

Flathead screwdriver Hex wrench Wrench Nippers Tray

A static electricity countermeasure type wristband (for grounding) Laser safety glasses Tester

Transport & storage • Follow the specifications below in regards to temperature and humidity.

- Temperature: 10 to 30 °C - Humidity: 15 to 80% RH (with no condensation) • Do not expose it to X-rays,  rays or any other sort of radiation.

Gloves Portable vacuum cleaner

Used to clean the plate's feeding path.

Cloth

Used to clean the device's external parts after servicing.

Plastic sheet

Use to cover light collection unit when removing them to keep dust out.

• A plate which has been unsealed must be loaded and stored in the cassette.

• Do not drop or bump the cassette. • Stand the cassette in a rack for storage during operation. Things to confirm before insertion To prevent trouble during feed of the plate, insert the cassette only after confirming the following points.

• Make sure the cassette has not been altered in form or damaged.If the cassette is found to have a problem, do not insert it into the device.

• Confirm that no memo clips, paper, or other such objects are caught inside.

Cloth, cardboard, etc. Maintenance PC USB Cable

Used to connect a maintenance PC to the device.

A 14" × 17" size cassette and plate

Used when performing oblique light adjustment. (If not possessed by the user)

Supplies

• Confirm that the cassette is locked. Disposal • Refer to "1.3.6 Disposal Cautions (Page 1-5)"

Jig / Tool Alcohol Zip ties Snap bands

2-22

Capable of protecting against 659 nm laser wavelength

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Comment

Chapter 3

3 Troubleshooting An explanation of the various methods for dealing with device-related troubles. 3.1

Work Flow.................................................................................3-2

3.2

Recovery Operation .................................................................3-2

3.3

How to Retrieve Logs...............................................................3-3

3.4

Error Message Content & Countermeasures.........................3-4

3.5

Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages..................................................................3-70

3 Troubleshooting

Chapter

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.1 Work Flow

3.2 Recovery Operation

The following flow provides countermeasures to various issues that may occur with the device.

When an error occurs, restart this device and check if the error occurs again. The following is an explanation on how to restart.

Problem

Countermeasure Flow

CAUTION If the plate is still inside the device, remove it before performing a recovery operation.

1. If the plate is still inside the device, remove it. 2. Restart the device.

For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation manual.

- Refer to "3.2 Recovery Operation (Page 3-2)". 3. Check if the error occurs again. 4. Refer to "3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures (Page 3-4)" and perform the appropriate countermeasure.

An error message is displayed on the ImagePilot for this problem.

1.

Open and close the upper door.

If unable to perform the countermeasure. Contact our service window with a detailed explanation of the problem (refer to " Contact Information").

3.1 Work Flow

3 Refer to "3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages (Page 3-70)" and perform the appropriate countermeasure. If the plate is still inside the device, remove it before doing anything else.

An error message is not displayed on the ImagePilot for this problem.

Opening and closing the upper Door triggers the device's initialization process. HINT

Opening/closing any other door on the device will also work. The initialization process will be triggered in the same fashion.

If unable to perform the countermeasure. Contact our service window with a detailed explanation of the problem (refer to " Contact Information").

If a sensor, etc. has gone bad, the initialization process will be halted, and the error will occur again.

Contact Information When contacting our service window regarding a problem, provide the following information with as much detail as possible. Item Log, etc.

Content

• When trouble occurs with the device, extract a device log etc. from the ImagePilot. (refer to "3.3 How to Retrieve Logs")

• If a defective image is created, compile the following log from the ImagePilot.

-

App Log System Log Reader Log JM Log

Dealing with a Service Call Error If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic operation failure occurs in the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be accessed), the reader will be in Service Call Error status. Opening/ closing the door or turning the power OFF/ON will not correct the error in this case. If a Service Call Error (Error code 7118, 7125, 7318, etc.) occurs, repair/replace the part that caused the error, then have a service engineer perform the following steps for recovery.

1.

Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader settings.

2.

Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings] button for [Unit test].

Facility connection format Recovery information

• Did the device recover with the door opened/ closed?

• Did the breaker have to be switched OFF/ ON? System Information Image Data

If a defective image is created, make a backup of the defective image from the ImagePilot.

Other Details

3-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.3 How to Retrieve Logs

The [Unit test] screen is displayed.

This section describes how to retrieve logs. IMPORTANT

Retrieve logs before powering ON/OFF.

3.

Click the [Clear Service Call error] button. The error will be cleared.

4.

Turn the device power OFF and ON.

1.

Launch the reader setting service tool using Image Pilot with this device connected. The [Service Tool] screen for reader setting is displayed.

2.

Select [Reader Setting] and click on the [Setting] button of [Reader log]. The [Reader log] screen is displayed.

3.

Click the [Get reader log] button. The behavior depends on the Image Pilot version.

3

• For V1.50/1.51

3.3 How to Retrieve Logs

The log is stored in the following location: C:¥Konicaminolta¥kim¥Server¥ReaderSetting¥Prog¥ Pegasus¥ ~ Board Number ~ ¥Log¥ Board number example r170-0001_A1P5H1010-00050

• V1.52 or higher Select the save destination folder from the [Browse for Folder] screen, and click the [OK] button.

The log is saved in the selected folder.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-3

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures 3.4.1 70xx: Initialization Errors Error code 7000

Error Name/Description

Tray ejection detected during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Cassette not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board. 3. Replace the upper insertion unit.

7001

3

Plate detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.

- Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7002

Plate detection via V-SYNC during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)

3-4

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• • • • •

Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected.

- Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

7003

Error Name/Description

Cassette L/R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • • than "no cassette detected." • • Cassette Sensor is ON. (There is a cassette.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

3

Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Change the main board. 4. Replace the upper insertion unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-5

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7004

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Cassette L lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • • than "no cassette detected." • • Cassette Sensor is OFF.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(There is no cassette.)

• Right Cassette Lock

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 and Cassette Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

Sensor is ON. (unlocked)

• Left Cassette Lock Sensor

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

is OFF. (locked)

Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Change the main board. 4. Replace the upper insertion unit. 7005

Cassette R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • • than "no cassette detected." • • Cassette Sensor is OFF. (There is no cassette.)

• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)

• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board.

3-6

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7006

Error Name/Description

Plate remnant detection during initialization When the sensor searches for a plate during initialization:

• A plate is detected.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• Plate not removed • Foreign object

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To correct this error, remove the detected plate. If this error code continues to be displayed, V-SYNC Sensor or Plate Sensor may be malfunctioning. 1. Use the service tool to confirm that V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. Tray HP Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• When Tray Motor moves the tray from HP:

- Tray HP Sensor is OFF.

• • • • • •

(light interception)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7008

Tray HP Ejection Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• When Tray Motor ejected the tray from HP:

- Tray HP Sensor is ON.

• • • • • •

(transparent)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7009

Loose sub-scan connector detection during initialization During initialization:

• Sensor detected that a sub-scan connecter is loose.

• • • • •

Old FPGA version. No solid connection Disconnection (Sensor malfunction) (MAIN_BOARD malfunction)

1. Check the version of the FPGA and update it when the version is older than V110R00001. 2. Check the wiring between main board and sub-scan unit.

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 3. Change the main board. HINT

This error code indicates that three connectors for sub-scan unit are loose.Please make sure that all connections are secure after replacing unit or taking other corrective actions.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-7

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7007

3

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7010

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Loading NIP ejection from HP error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• • • • • • Loading NIP HP Sensor did not detect any change. •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7011

3

Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Loading NIP HP Sensor

• • • • • •

and Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any change.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7012

Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-8

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7013

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Loading NIP HP ejection lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• • • • • Tray Lock Release Sensor • did not detect any change. •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

• • • • • Tray Lock Release Sensor • and Loading NIP Open/ • Close Sensor did not detect any change.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7015

Loading NIP HP ejection and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor did not detect any change.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3

deformation of detector.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-9

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7014

Loading NIP HP ejection lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7016

Error Name/Description

Loading NIP HP ejection HP / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7017

3

Loading NIP HP Passing Loading NIP HP error during initialization When scanning is re-erased:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• When Loading NIP Motor has passed HP:

- Loading NIP HP Sensor

• • • • • •

is OFF. (light interception)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

7018

Sub-scan NIP HP ejection entrance NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• • • • • When sub-scan NIP motor • • completes HP ejection: - Entrance NIP Sensor is

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7019

Sub-scan NIP HP ejection exit NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• • • • • When sub-scan NIP motor • • completes HP ejection: - Exit NIP Sensor is OFF.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(Exit NIP is closed.)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7020

Inerasable cassette detection After the sensor detects incomplete insertion of a cassette during initialization:

-

This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during initialization.To correct this error, remove the cassette.

• Cassette is locked inside when it is being removed.

3-10

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7021

Error Name/Description

Tray HP Ejection Sensor malfunction during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• When Tray Motor ejects a tray from HP:

- Tray HP Sensor did not

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

detect any change.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. Loading NIP Sensor error when cassette lock release When cassette is being unlocked:

No cassette

A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.

• Loading NIP HP Sensor is

3

ON (transparent) or Tray Lock Release Sensor is OFF (light interception). 7023

Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization

• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for , although the main unit identification is II.

• The eraser unit for  is installed.

• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)

• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Check the eraser unit. If the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD). 2. Change the eraser unit. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-11

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7022

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.2 71xx: Sensor Errors For sensor errors, please take the following steps: 1. Check the sensor-side connector. 2. Check the relay connectors between main device and other devices. 3. Confirm that motor is working. 4. Check interaction between motor and detector.  in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)". Error code 7100

Error Name/Description

Tray HP Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Tray HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor.

3

2. Change the main board. 7101

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

Tray Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board. 7102

Loading NIP HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7103

Lock release sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• • • • Tray Lock Release Sensor • • is OFF. (light interception) •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-12

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7104

Error Name/Description

Loading NIP open/close sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor is OFF. (light interception)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7105

Plate detection sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Plate Sensor is OFF.

• • • •

(There is a plate.)

Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7106

V-SYNC sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

7107

Loading NIP Sensor error during scanning tray lock release When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the tray for scanning:

• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-13

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7108

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Tray detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • • ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7109

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Tray HP Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:

• Tray HP Sensor is OFF. (light interception)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7110

Plate Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:

• • • • Plate Sensor is ON. (There • • is no plate.) •

No plate in the cassette Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7111

Tray Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When Tray Motor ejects the tray for scanning:

• • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • • ejection) • •

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-14

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7112

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Loading NIP sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor,and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3

replaced.) 2. Change the main board. Loading NIP Sensor error during raising scanning tray When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray for scanning:

• • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7113

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7114

Tray Sensor error during scanning/loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • • ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-15

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7115

Error Name/Description

Entrance NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP removal When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes HP ejection for scanning:

• Entrance NIP Sensor is

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

ON (entrance NIP is open) or OFF (entrance NIP is closed). This OFF state will soon be turned to ON (entrance NIP is open).

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 3. Replace sub-scan drive Assy.

7116

3

Exit NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP removal When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes HP ejection for scanning:

• Exit NIP Sensor is OFF. 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

(Exit NIP is closed.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

3-16

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7117

Error Name/Description

Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. (There is no plate.)

• Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection Disconnection Upper Door not installed properly

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor. 3. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Change the main board. 7118

V-SYNC sensor error during scanning/loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. (There is no plate.) This OFF state will soon change to ON (with a plate).(remains OFF)

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection

1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:



- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.

Disconnection

Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-17

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7119

Error Name/Description

Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing exit NIP for scanning:

• Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7120

3

Exit NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing exit NIP for scanning:

• Exit NIP Sensor is ON.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

(Exit NIP is open.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7121

Entrance NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP for scanning:

• Entrance NIP Sensor is

• • • • • •

OFF. (Entrance NIP is closed.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7122

Exit NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes opening entrance NIP for scanning:

• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

3-18

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7123

Error Name/Description

Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP for scanning:

• Entrance NIP Sensor is

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. Exit NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When Sub-scan NIP Motor completes closing entrance NIP for scanning:

• Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7125

V-SYNC Sensor error as subscan returns When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes return plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor does not come on (with a plate) when Sub-scan Feeding Motor is returning the plate, or the sensor remains ON after the operation is complete.

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.

Disconnection

Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

• Slipping of the slowdown pulley and drive belt.



- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 3. Treat the slowdown pulley surface.

7126

Tray Sensor error 1 during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely

• • V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.) and Tray • • Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection) •

attached Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-19

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7124

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7127

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Tray Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is being lowered When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered for scanning:

• • • • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • ejection)

Plate jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.  7128

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Loading NIP Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is lowered When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered for scanning:

• Three loading NIP sensors

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

are malfunctioning.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor, and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7129

Plate detection sensor error during read/insertion/feed (return) When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:

• Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

• • • • • • • •

Plate jam Cassette defect Plate defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Check cassette and plate.

- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.

- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 2. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 3. Change the main board. 

3-20

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7130

Error Name/Description

Size detection error during cassette insertion After inserting a cassette and position control operation is launched:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Wrong cassette (not supported by this device)

• • • • None of Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 matches any • cassette size.

Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Check to see that the link spring of lower insertion unit is intact. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

3

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 7131

Tray HP Sensor error when scanning tray returns When Tray Motor completes returning the tray for scanning:

• Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)

• • • • • • •

Cassette defect Deformation of detector Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3. Change the main board.  1. Confirm that cassette tray can be inserted/ejected smoothly. If not, replace the cassette. 2. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Change the main board. 7132

Tray Sensor error when scanning tray returns When Tray Motor completes returning the tray for scanning:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

• • • • • • •

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-21

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7133

Error Name/Description

Lock sensor error during read/cassette lock release When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:

• Either Left or Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • •

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7134

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Tray Sensor error when releasing scanning cassette lock When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray

• • • • • •

ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7135

Loading NIP sensor error during read/cassette lock release When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette for scanning:

• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-22

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7136

Error Name/Description

Plate long check error during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor is feeding a plate for scanning:

• The feeding distance by Sub-scan Feeding Motor (from V-SYNC Sensor is ON to OFF) differs from inserted cassette plate length.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Wrong length plate inserted

• • • •

Plate jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor properly detects cassette size. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.

Detector not securely attached

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.

• Feeding guide malfunction • Foreign object in feeding

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.

path

• • • • •

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

Feeding roller slippage Motor malfunction

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

SC Error

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace

3

the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly. 3. Check feeding path.

-

Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.

Confirm that roller has any condensation. 4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Change the main board. 7137

No cassette when controlling cassette position and releasing cassette lock When cassette position control and unlocking operations are initiated:

No cassette

A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.

• Either Cassette Sensor or Cassette Lock Sensor Left/ Right is OFF.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-23

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7138

Error Name/Description

Tray Sensor error 2 during read/sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF (There is no plate.) and Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7139

V-SYNC Sensor error 2 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding • V-SYNC Sensor is ON. path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. (There is a plate.) - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Feeding roller slippage • Cassette defect is no plate.) - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 3. Check cassette and plate. • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Plate defect ejection) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot. • Sensor malfunction • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor, • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are • Disconnection working. • MAIN_BOARD

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

malfunction

Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Change the main board.

3-24

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

7143

Error Name/Description

V-SYNC sensor error 2 when sub-scan When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation. • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate. • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate • Sensor malfunction slot. • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch are working. • Disconnection Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both • MAIN_BOARD malfunction

directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, VSYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 7. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-25

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7144

V-SYNC Sensor error 1 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding • V-SYNC Sensor is ON. path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. (There is a plate.) - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Feeding roller slippage • Cassette defect is no plate.) - Confirm that roller has any condensation. • Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate. ejection) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate • Sensor malfunction slot. • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working. • Disconnection Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both • MAIN_BOARD

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

malfunction

directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Change the main board. 7145

Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/return When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:

1. Check feeding path. • Plate jam - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. path • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation. • Plate Sensor is ON. (There 2. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of • Upper door not installed is no plate.) properly

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

alignment.) 3. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 4. Change the main board.

3-26

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7146

Error Name/Description

Loading NIP open/close sensor error during read/subscan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• Loading NIP Open/Close

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor is ON (transparent).

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7147

Tray Sensor error during scanning/loading/NIP closing When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • ejection) •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no

3

deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7148

Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of notch to regulated position After inserting a cassette and position control operation is launched:

• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning. •

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-27

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7149

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Plate detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • Plate Sensor is ON. (There • • is no plate.) •

No plate Cassette defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check cassette.

- Confirm that there is a cassette. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to cassette plate loading lever.

- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without any problem. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

replaced.) 3. Change the main board. 7150

Tray Sensor error while raising tray for scanning When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray for scanning:

• • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • • ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7151

Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/opening of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes opening the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-28

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7152

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/closing of NIP When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP for scanning:

• • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

Disconnection

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no

MAIN_BOARD malfunction

deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3.4.3 72xx: Single Unit Operation Initialization Errors Error code 7200

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Tray ejection detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Cassette not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board.

7201

Single unit operation: Plate detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)-(JP11-1) (JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)-(JP29-1) (JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

7202

Single unit operation: Plate detection via V-SYNC during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• • • • •

Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-29

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7203

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Single unit operation: Cassette L/R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• • • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • than "no cassette • detected."

• Cassette Sensor is ON.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(There is a cassette.)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 and Cassette Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 or Cassette Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board. 7204

Single unit operation: Cassette L lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• • • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • than "no cassette • detected."

• Cassette Sensor is OFF. (There is no cassette.)

• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)

• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board.

3-30

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7205

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Single unit operation: Cassette R lock detection during initialization When sensors are checked upon initialization:

• • • • • Size Detection Sensors 1 • to 4 are in any status other • than "no cassette • detected."

• Cassette Sensor is OFF.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Plate not removed Foreign object No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(There is no cassette.)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4, Cassette Sensor and Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1)(JP16-2)(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

• Left Cassette Lock Sensor is ON. (unlocked)

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

• Right Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)

Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4, Cassette Sensor or Right/Left Cassette Lock Sensor is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board. 7206

Single unit operation: Plate remnant detection during initialization When the sensor searches for a plate during initialization:

• • • •

Sensor malfunction

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction

Deformation of detector

This error code indicates that a plate has been detected.To correct this error, remove the detected plate.

Plate not removed Foreign object

• A plate is detected. 7207

Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• When Tray Motor moves the tray from HP:

- Tray HP Sensor is OFF.

Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(light interception)

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7208

Single unit operation: Tray HP Ejection Sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• When Tray Motor ejected the tray from HP:

- Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-31

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Confirm that Cassette Sensor (JP10)-(MCN7) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7209

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loose sub-scan connector detection during initialization During initialization:

• Sensor detected that a sub-scan connecter is loose. 7210

Single unit operation: Loading NIP ejection from HP error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • • • • • •

did not detect any change.

Old FPGA version. Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check the version of the FPGA and update it when the version is older than V110R00001. 2. Check the wiring between main board and sub-scan unit.

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. From (JP36-1)(JP36-2) to (MCN5)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 3. Change the main board. 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.)

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

2. Change the main board. 7211

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

and Tray Lock Release Sensor did not detect any change.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7212

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-32

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7213

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection lock release sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Tray Lock Release Sensor

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

did not detect any change.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

• Tray Lock Release Sensor

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7215

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor did not detect any change.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3

deformation of detector.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-33

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7214

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection lock release / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7216

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP ejection HP / open/close sensor error during initialization When Loading NIP Motor ejects NIP from HP during initialization:

• Loading NIP HP Sensor

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

and Loading NIP Open/ Close Sensor did not detect any change.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7218

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Single unit operation: Subscan NIP HP ejection entrance NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• • • • • • When sub-scan NIP motor • completes HP ejection:

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1)(JP31-2)(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7219

Single unit operation: Subscan NIP HP ejection exit NIP sensor error during initialization When the tray is ejected from HP during initialization:

• • • • • • When sub-scan NIP motor • completes HP ejection:

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Exit NIP Sensor is OFF.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

(Exit NIP is closed.)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7220

Single unit operation: Inerasable cassette detection After the sensor detects incomplete insertion of a cassette during initialization:

-

This error code indicates that a cassette is inserted during initialization. 1. Open the upper door and remove cassette while pulling the lever.

• Cassette is locked inside when it is being removed. 7221

3-34

Single unit operation: cassette tray ejection failure Tray cannot be ejected due to cassette bolt mechanism failure to unlock.

No cassette

A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

7223

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• The eraser unit for  is installed.

• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)

• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for , although the main unit identification is II.

• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction 7224

Single unit operation: Main unit/erase identification error during initialization During initialization

• The eraser unit for II is installed.

• Eraser unit malfunction (LED2_BOARD or LED_DRIVE2_BOARD malfunction)

• The erase identification detected it as the eraser unit for II, although the main unit identification is .

• Disconnection (disconnection of a bundle wire, etc.)

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check the eraser unit. If the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD). 2. Change the eraser unit. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Change the main board. 1. Check the eraser unit. If the eraser unit for II (LED2_BOARD, LED_DRIVE2_BOARD) is installed, replace it with the eraser unit for  (LED_BOARD, LED_DRIVE_BOARD). 2. Change the eraser unit. 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected, and replace wires as required: Confirm that LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2) is working. 4. Change the main board.

3.4.4 73xx: Single Unit Operation Sensor Errors For sensor errors, please take the following steps: 1. Check the sensor-side connector. 2. Check the relay connectors between main device and other devices. 3. Confirm that motor is working. 4. Check interaction between motor and detector.  in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off. In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)". Error code 7300

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Tray HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Tray HP Sensor is ON.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • •

(transparent)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Tray HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7301

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray ejection)

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confim that the Tray Sensor is detecting the tray. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-35

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7302

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP HP sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • •

• Loading NIP HP Sensor is

Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

ON. (transparent)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7303

Single unit operation: Lock release sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• • • • • Tray Lock Release Sensor • • is OFF. (light interception)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Lock Release Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7304

Single unit operation: Loading NIP open/close sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Loading NIP Open/Close

• • • • • •

Sensor is OFF. (light interception)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7305

Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

• • • •

Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the Plate Sensor detects a plate. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

3-36

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7306

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during cassette insertion When a cassette is being inserted:

• V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• No solid connection • Disconnection • MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 2. Change the main board.

Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error during scanning tray lock release When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the tray:

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector.

3

Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7307

Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7308

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during lowering the scanning NIP When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:

• • • • • •

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

tray ejection)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7309

Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:

• When Tray Motor completes tray ejection:

- Tray HP Sensor is OFF. (light interception)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-37

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7310

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Plate Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:

• When Tray Motor completes tray ejection:

- Plate Sensor is ON.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

(There is no plate.)

No plate in the cassette Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7311

3

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning tray ejection When plate is being feeded:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• When Tray Motor completes tray ejection:

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)

• • • • • • •

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 7312

Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of read/NIP When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-38

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7313

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error while raising scanning tray When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray:

- Three loading NIP

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

sensors are malfunctioning.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3

replaced.) 2. Change the main board. Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning/ loading/feeding When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• • • • • • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7314

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7315

Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/sub-scan/NIP HP ejection When plate is being feeded:

• • • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • completes tray ejection • from HP:

- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON (entrance NIP is open) or OFF (entrance NIP is closed). This OFF state will soon be turned to ON (entrance NIP is open).

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-39

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7316

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/subscan/NIP HP ejection When plate is being feeded:

• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • • completes tray ejection • from HP: - Exit NIP Sensor is OFF.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(Exit NIP is closed.)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7317

Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/send When plate is being feeded:

• When Sub-scan Feeding

3

Motor completes feed a plate:

- V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

(There is no plate.)

- Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection Disconnection Upper door not installed properly

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Magnetic Clutch are working. Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor. 3. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Change the main board.

3-40

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7318

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during scanning/ loading/feeding When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading/Feeding Motor completes feeding a plate:

- V-SYNC Sensor is OFF. (There is no plate.) This OFF state will soon change to ON (with a plate).(remains OFF)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor andV-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

SC Error 

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.

Disconnection

Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of exit NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • completes closing exit NIP: • - Entrance NIP Sensor is • ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7319

Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7320

Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ closing of exit NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • completes closing exit NIP: • • - Exit NIP Sensor is ON. (Exit NIP is open.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7321

Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/opening of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • • completes opening entrance NIP:

- Entrance NIP Sensor is OFF. (Entrance NIP is closed.)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-41

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7322

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ opening of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • • completes opening • entrance NIP: - Exit NIP Sensor is ON.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(Exit NIP is open.)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7323

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

Single unit operation: Entrance NIP sensor error during read/closing of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • • completes closing entrance NIP:

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Entrance NIP Sensor is ON. (Entrance NIP is open.)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Entrance NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at entrance may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Entrance NIP Sensor (JP33)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7324

Single unit operation: Exit NIP sensor error during read/ closing of entrance NIP When plate is being feeded:

• • • • When Sub-scan NIP Motor • • completes closing • entrance NIP: - Exit NIP Sensor is ON.

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

(Exit NIP is open.)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor and Exit NIP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, and spring is loaded. (The spring for the driven roller at exit may be loose.) Confirm that Sub-scan NIP Motor (JP5)-(JP7-1) (JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Exit NIP Sensor (JP34)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7325

Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error during scanning/ sub-scan/returning When plate is being feeded:

• V-SYNC Sensor does not come on (with a plate) when Sub-scan Feeding Motor is returning the plate, or the sensor remains ON after the operation is complete.

• • • •

Plate jam

• • • •

Motor malfunction

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Detector not securely attached No solid connection

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached.

Disconnection

Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

• Slipping of the slowdown pulley and drive belt.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 3. Treat the slowdown pulley surface.

3-42

REGIUS /II Service Manual



Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7326

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error 1 during read/ sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Sensor malfunction • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

• • • V-SYNC Sensor is ON. (There is a plate.) and Tray • Sensor is ON. (no tray • ejection)

Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of detector, the spring is loaded, and the detector is securely attached. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

• When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered:

• • • • • •

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

tray ejection)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7327

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is being lowered When plate is being feeded:

Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.  7328

Single unit operation: Loading NIP Sensor error when scanning NIP tray is lowered When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes opening roller NIP and tray is lowered:

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-43

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7329

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/insertion/feed (return) When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate:

- Plate Sensor is OFF. (There is a plate.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • • •

Plate jam Cassette defect Plate defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check cassette and plate.

- Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot.

- Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 2. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor.

3

3. Change the main board. 

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7330

Single unit operation: Size detection error during cassette insertion After inserting a cassette and position control operation is launched:

• None of Size Detection

• Wrong cassette (not supported by this device)

• • • •

Sensor 1 to 4 matches any cassette size.

Sensor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Check to see that the link spring of lower insertion unit is intact. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1 to 4 are working. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 3. Change the main board.  7331

Single unit operation: Tray HP Sensor error when scanning tray returns When plate is being feeded:

• When Tray Motor completes returning the tray:

- Tray HP Sensor is ON. (transparent)

• • • • • • •

Cassette defect Deformation of detector Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Confirm that cassette tray can be inserted/ejected smoothly. If not, replace the cassette. 2. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray HP Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Tray HP Sensor (JP24)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 3. Change the main board.

3-44

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

7332

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when scanning tray returns When plate is being feeded:

• • • • • When Tray Motor • completes returning the • tray: - Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • ejection)

7333

Single unit operation: Lock sensor error during read/ cassette lock release When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:

- Either Left or Right

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error when releasing scanning cassette lock When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

• • • • • • •

Cassette jam

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction

Cassette Lock Sensor is OFF. (locked)

7334

Cassette jam

- Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

ejection)

7335

Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/cassette lock release When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes unlocking the cassette:

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to check if Tray Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Tray Motor (JP1)-(JP3-1)(JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Cassette Lock Sensor Left/Right are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Left Cassette Lock Sensor (JP21)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Right Cassette Lock Sensor (JP25)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor/sensor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board. 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required: - Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. - Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-45

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7336

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Plate long check error during read/ sub-scan/send When plate is being feeded:

• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor is feeding a plate:

- The feeding distance by Sub-scan Feeding Motor (from V-SYNC Sensor is ON to OFF) differs from inserted cassette plate length.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Wrong length plate inserted

• • • •

Plate jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Size Detection Sensor properly detects cassette size. If any are not working, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, there is no deformation of the detector, and that the spring is loaded.

Detector not securely attached

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 1(JP14)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.

• Feeding guide malfunction • Foreign object in feeding

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 2(JP15)-(JP16-1) (JP16-2)-(MCN7) is working.

path

• • • • •

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 3 (JP23)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

Feeding roller slippage Motor malfunction

Confirm that Size Detection Sensor 4(JP17)-(JP30-1) (JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - If Size Detection Sensor 1/2 is malfunctioning, replace the sensor.

- If Size Detection Sensor 3/4 is malfunctioning, replace

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

the upper insertion unit.(Sensors do not require replacing) 2. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly. 3. Check feeding path.

-

Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller.

Confirm that roller has any condensation. 4. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and V-SYNC Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 5. Change the main board. 7337

Single unit operation: No cassette when controlling cassette position and releasing cassette lock When cassette position control and unlocking operations are initiated:

No cassette

A cassette must be inserted in order to execute a feeding command during a unit test.

• Either Cassette Sensor or Cassette Lock Sensor Left/ Right is OFF.

3-46

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7338

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error 2 during read/ sub-scan/send When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate for scanning:

• V-SYNC Sensor is OFF (There is no plate.) and Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray ejection)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure, and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Feeding roller slippage (There is a plate.) - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. • Plate Sensor is ON. (There • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation. is no plate.) 3. Check cassette and plate. • Plate defect • Tray Sensor is ON. (no tray • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. ejection) properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate slot. • Sensor malfunction • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor, • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch, V-SYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are • Disconnection working. • MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7339

Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error 2 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When Loading/Feeding Motor completes returning a plate for scanning:

Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-47

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7343

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: V-SYNC sensor error 2 when sub-scan When plate is being feeded:

• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Foreign object in feeding - V-SYNC Sensor is ON. path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. (There is a plate.) - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. - Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray • Feeding roller slippage • Cassette defect - Confirm that roller has any condensation. ejection) • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate. • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate • Sensor malfunction slot. • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch are working. • Disconnection Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both • MAIN_BOARD

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

malfunction

directions. If the motor runs fine, check belt tension. If the motor does not run normally, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace motor/magnetic clutch. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor, VSYNC Sensor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 7. Change the main board.

3-48

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7344

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: V-SYNC Sensor error 1 during scanning/loading/feeding/ returning When plate is being feeded:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Plate jam • Deformation of detector • Detector not securely attached

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Check detector of V-SYNC assembly.

- Confirm that spring is intact. - Confirm that there is no deformation. - Confirm that the plate moves smoothly.

• Feeding guide malfunction 2. Check feeding path. • When Loading/Feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. Motor completes returning • Foreign object in feeding path - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. a plate: • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. - V-SYNC Sensor is ON. • Cassette defect (There is a plate.) - Confirm that roller has any condensation. - Plate Sensor is ON. • Plate defect 3. Check cassette and plate. (There is no plate.) • Upper door not installed - Confirm that nonwoven fabric inside cassette is intact. - Tray Sensor is OFF. (tray properly - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to plate ejection) • Sensor malfunction slot. • Motor malfunction - Confirm that there is any damage to plate. 4. Use the service tool to check if Loading/Feeding Motor and • No solid connection Magnetic Clutch are working.V-SYNC Sensor are working. • Disconnection Check the motor to see if it operates normally in both • MAIN_BOARD malfunction

directions. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Loading/Feeding Motor (JP4)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Magnetic Clutch (JP9)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the V-SYNC Sensor (JP32)-(JP31-1) (JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/magnetic clutch/sensor. 5. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of alignment.) 6. Change the main board. 7345

Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/sub-scan/return When plate is being feeded:

• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes returning a plate:

- Plate Sensor is ON. (There is no plate.)

1. Check feeding path. • Plate jam - Confirm that there is a foreign object on feeding path. • Feeding guide malfunction - Confirm that there is no protrusion on feeding guide. • Foreign object in feeding - Confirm that there is a foreign object on the roller. path • Feeding roller slippage - Confirm that roller has any condensation. 2. Reinstall upper door.(Feeding guide may be out of • Upper door not installed properly

• • • • •

Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

alignment.) 3. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 4. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-49

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7346

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP open/close sensor error during read/subscan/send When plate is being feeded:

• When Sub-scan Feeding Motor completes feed a plate:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Loading NIP Open/Close

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to check if Sub-scan Feeding Motor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that Sub-scan Feeding Motor (JP6)(JP7-1)(JP7-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

Sensor is ON (transparent).

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board.

7347

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error during scanning/ loading/NIP closing When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor

3

completes closing the loading NIP:

• • • • • •

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

tray ejection)

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7348

Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during lowering of notch to regulated position After inserting a cassette and position control operation is launched:

• • • • • • • Three loading NIP sensors • are malfunctioning.

Cassette jam Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3-50

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7349

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Plate detection sensor error during read/lowering of NIP When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes lowering the loading NIP:

- Plate Sensor is ON.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • • •

(There is no plate.)

No plate Cassette defect Sensor malfunction Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Check cassette.

- Confirm that there is a cassette. - Confirm that there is any deformation/damage to cassette plate loading lever.

- Check to see that tray can be inserted/ejected without any problem. 2. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Plate Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1)(JP32)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light receiving) (JP12)(JP11-1)(JP11-2)-(MCN7) is working. Confirm that the Plate Sensor (light emitting) (JP27)(JP29-1)(JP29-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3

7350

Single unit operation: Tray Sensor error while raising tray for scanning When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes raising the tray:

- Tray Sensor is ON. (no

• • • • • •

tray ejection)

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

replaced.) 3. Change the main board. 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Tray Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that the Tray Sensor (JP26)-(JP28-1)(JP28-2)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace the motor/sensor. 2. Change the main board. 7351

Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/opening of NIP When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes opening the loading NIP:

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-51

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7352

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Loading NIP sensor error during read/insertion/closing of NIP When plate is being feeded:

• When Loading NIP Motor completes closing the loading NIP:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• • • • • •

Sensor malfunction Deformation of detector Motor malfunction No solid connection Disconnection MAIN_BOARD malfunction

- Three loading NIP sensors are malfunctioning.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Loading NIP Motor and Loading NIP HP Sensor, Tray Lock Release Sensor and Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor are working. If not, take the following steps for the malfunctioning motor or sensor and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure and there is no deformation of detector. Confirm that the Loading NIP Motor (JP2)-(JP3-1) (JP3-2)-(MCN4) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP HP Sensor (JP18)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Tray Lock Release Sensor (JP19)-(JP301)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working. Confirm that Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor (JP20)(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6) is working.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. - Replace the upper insertion unit.(No motor should be

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

replaced.) 2. Change the main board.

3.4.5 74xx: Image Read Related Errors Error code 7400

Error Name/Description

Polygon lock timeout during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

• Within a set time frame after Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected. 7401

HSYNC count error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. • No solid connection (CN8, CN9) • Hsync Sensor malfunction 2. Replace exposure unit. • Laser malfunction

• Within a set time frame after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7. 7402

PID signal detection error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON.

3-52

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7403

Error Name/Description

Eraser LED error detected during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)

• Eraser LED error is detected.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. CAUTION The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED. IMPORTANT

Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. Erase fan error detection during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction

- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.

error is detected. Analog board disconnection error Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• The difference between

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction

average pixels at 10A and 100A is smaller than threshold value. 7406

Gain overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Gain value is larger than 0x00020000.

7407

Gain underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Gain value is smaller than 0x00000000.

7408

Offset overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Off set value is larger than 0x30000000.

7409

Offset underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Off set value is smaller than 0xe0000000.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

3

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)

• Eraser LED cooling fan 7405

1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7404

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-53

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7410

Error Name/Description

Eraser LED error detected during scanning When plate is feeded:

• Eraser LED error is

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction

detected while Eraser LED lamp is on.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. CAUTION The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED. IMPORTANT

Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning.

3

7411

Erase fan error detected during read When plate is feeded:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Eraser LED cooling fan error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan is running.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction

1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)

- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.

7412

Polygon lock error After Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected until V-SYNC Sensor is turned on.

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

7413

High voltage switch OFF error When sensors are checked upon initialization:

DIPSW setting error

Turn on HV (high voltage) switch on MAIN_BOARD.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

• High voltage switch is OFF. 7414

Read complete timeout When plate is feeded:

• Timeout occurs before confirmation of completion of image scanning. 7415

High voltage error detected during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

• High voltage error is

malfunction (high voltage)

detected while Laser is on. 7416

High voltage error detected during read When plate is feeded:

• An error is detected during high voltage output.

7417

3-54

High voltage READY standby timeout Ready signal is not activated and a timeout occurs when high voltage value is being specified.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7418

Error Name/Description

HSYNC count error during read When plate is feeded:

• Within a set time frame

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. • No solid connection (CN8, CN9) • Hsync Sensor malfunction 2. Replace exposure unit. • Laser malfunction

after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7. PID signal detection error during read When plate is feeded:

• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7420

AD converter error detected during initialization When Gain Offset is calculated during initialization:

• • • •

No solid connection Polygon malfunction Hsync Sensor malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

Laser malfunction

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

• AD converter error is

3

detected. 7421

AD converter error detected during read When plate is feeded:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

• AD converter error is detected. 7422

AD converter error detected during reference current read When reference current value is being read:

• AD converter error is detected.

3.4.6 76xx: Single Unit Operation Image Read Related Errors Error code 7600

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Polygon lock timeout during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

• Within a set time frame after Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected. 7601

Single unit operation: HSYNC count error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. • No solid connection (CN8, CN9) • Hsync Sensor malfunction 2. Replace exposure unit. • Laser malfunction

• Within a set time frame after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-55

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7419

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7602

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: PID signal detection error during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction

1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

• When HSync counter exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7603

Single unit operation: Eraser LED error detected during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)

• Eraser LED error is detected.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy.

3

CAUTION

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED. IMPORTANT

Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. 7604

Single unit operation: Erase fan error detection during initialization When Eraser LED cooling fan connection is checked during initialization:

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction

1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)

- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.

• Eraser LED cooling fan error is detected. 7605

Single unit operation: Analog board disconnection error Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• The difference between

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction

average pixels at 10A and 100A is smaller than threshold value. 7606

Single unit operation: Gain overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Gain value is larger than 0x00020000. 7607

Single unit operation: Gain underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Gain value is smaller than 0x00000000. 7608

Single unit operation: Offset overflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Off set value is larger than 0x30000000.

3-56

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7609

Error Name/Description

Single unit operation: Offset underflow Gain Offset calculation during initialization

• Off set value is smaller than 0xe0000000. 7610

Single unit operation: Eraser LED error detected during scanning When plate is feeded:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (AD Converter malfunction)

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED malfunction

• Eraser LED error is

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit. 1. Use the service tool and confirm that the Eraser LED comes on with the upper door open. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. LED_DRIVE2_BOARD(CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) (LCN2)-(JP35-1)(JP35-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5) (LCN3)-(JP37)(JJ37)-(MCN2)

detected while Eraser LED lamp is on.

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Replace Eraser Unit Assy. CAUTION The luminous intensity of LED is high. Do not look directly at the LED.

3 Even if the Eraser LED comes on when the service tool is used, a connector may be loose or the Eraser LED malfunctioning. 7611

Single unit operation: Erase fan error detected during read When plate is feeded:

• Eraser LED cooling fan error is detected when Eraser LED cooling Fan is running.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • Eraser LED cooling Fan malfunction

1. Use the service tool and confirm that Eraser LED cooling Fan is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Eraser LED cooling Fan (JP8)-(MCN4)

- Replace Eraser LED cooling Fan.

7612

Single unit operation: Polygon lock error After Polygon is turned on, Polygon lock is not detected until V-SYNC Sensor is turned on.

• No solid connection • Polygon malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

7613

Single unit operation: High voltage switch OFF error When sensors are checked upon initialization:

DIPSW setting error

Turn on HV (high voltage) switch on MAIN_BOARD.

7614

Single unit operation: Read complete timeout When plate is feeded:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

If this error reoccurs, replace MAIN_BOARD.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

• High voltage switch is OFF.

• Timeout occurs before confirmation of completion of image scanning. 7615

Single unit operation: High voltage error detected during initialization When optical device operation is checked during initialization:

malfunction (high voltage)

• High voltage error is detected while Laser is on. 7616

Single unit operation: High voltage error detected during read When plate is feeded:

• An error is detected during high voltage output.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction (high voltage)

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-57

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

IMPORTANT

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7617

7618

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

Single unit operation: High voltage READY standby timeout Ready signal is not activated and a timeout occurs when high voltage value is being specified.

• No solid connection • Disconnection • ANALOG_BOARD

Single unit operation: HSYNC count error during read When plate is feeded:

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. • No solid connection (CN8, CN9) • Hsync Sensor malfunction 2. Replace exposure unit. • Laser malfunction

• Within a set time frame

malfunction (high voltage)

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12) 2. Confirm that all connectors on ANALOG_BOARD are secure. (CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4) 3. Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. 4. Replace light collection unit.

after Laser is turned on, HSync counter only goes up to 7. 7619

• When HSync counter

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Single unit operation: PID signal detection error during read When plate is feeded:

• • • •

No solid connection Polygon malfunction Hsync Sensor malfunction

1. Confirm that all connectors on MAIN_BOARD are secure. (CN8, CN9) 2. Replace exposure unit.

Laser malfunction

exceeds 7 after Laser is turned on, PID signal is not ON. 7620

Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during initialization When Gain Offset is calculated during initialization:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (AD converter abnormality)

1. Change the main board.

The communication control version is for .

1. Use the REGIUS SIGMA update kit V1.10R00 or higher, to update it.

The reader version is for .

1. Use the REGIUS SIGMA update kit V1.10R00 or higher, to update it.

• AD converter error is detected. 7621

Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during read When plate is feeded:

• AD converter error is detected. 7622

Single unit operation: AD converter error detected during reference current read When reference current value is being read:

• AD converter error is detected. 7650

Version inconsistency when reading: Communication control error When reading

• Detected that the communication control version is for . 7651

Version inconsistency when reading: Reader error When reading

• Detected that the reader version is for .

3-58

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.7 77xx: FPGA, SDRAM Related Errors  in the SC (Service Call) error column indicates that error cannot be corrected by opening/closing the door or turning power on/off.In order to clear error, use the service tool.Please refer to Section "3.2 Recovery Operation", " Dealing with a Service Call Error (Page 3-2)". Error code

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

7700

FPGA configuration timeout FPGA configuration timeout occurs.

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

If power OFF/ON does not clear the error, there may be a firmware problem. Upgrade the firmware and Confirm that the same error reoccurs. If reloading/upgrading firmware still does not clear the error, that indicates the main board is damaged.MAIN_BOARD needs to be replaced.

7701

SDRAM initialization timeout SDRAM initialization timeout occurs.

• Firmware problem • MAIN_BOARD

1. Upgrade the firmware. 2. Change the main board.

Irregularity correction: SDRAM write error during startup process During startup process:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

7710

SC Error

malfunction (SDRAM abnormality) 1. Change the main board.



3

• Irregularity correction data

7711

FPGA setting error when image is being sent When image is being sent:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission has failed. 7712

FPGA setting error when reference current/image is being read When reference current is being read:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission has failed. 7713

Flash ROM erase failure during serial number change When serial number is changed:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7714

Flash ROM write failure during serial number process When serial number is changed:

• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7715

Flash ROM erase failure during mechanical counter count up When mechanical counter is counting up:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-59

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

is not transmitted to SDRAM.

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7716

Error Name/Description

Flash ROM write failure during mechanical counter count up When mechanical counter is counting up:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7717

Flash ROM erase failure during mechanical counter clearing When mechanical counter clearing is running:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7718

3

Sensitivity correction: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When sensitivity correction data is being transmitted:

• Data not recorded to

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

SRAM. 7719

Sensitivity correction: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When sensitivity correction data is being transmitted:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7720

Unit setup: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When unit setting data is being transmitted:

• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7721

Unit setup: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When unit setting data is being transmitted:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7722

Irregularity correction: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When irregularity correction data is being transmitted:

• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7723

Irregularity correction: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When irregularity correction data is being transmitted:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed.

3-60

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7724

Error Name/Description

Log: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When log data is being transmitted:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7725

Log: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When log data is being transmitted:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. Counter: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When counter data is being transmitted:

• Data not recorded to

3

SRAM. 7727

Counter: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When counter data is being transmitted:

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (FPGA abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7728

CC save data: SDRAM write failure during data transmission When CC save data is being transmitted:

• Data not recorded to SRAM. 7729

CC save data: FPGA DMA transmission settings failure during data transmission When CC save data is being transmitted:

• Clearing FPGA Out-FIFO and setting up of DMA transmission have failed. 7730

Sensitivity correction: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails. 7731

Sensitivity correction: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-61

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7726

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7732

Error Name/Description

Sensitivity correction: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7733

Unit setup: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails. 7734

Unit setup: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

7735

Unit setup: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:

• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7736

Irregularity correction: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:

7737

Irregularity correction: SDRAM development failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails.

• SDRAM development fails. 7738

Irregularity correction: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7739

Irregularity correction: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:

• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7740

Firmware: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When firmware data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails. 7741

Counter: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When counter data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails.

3-62

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7742

Error Name/Description

Counter: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When counter data is being received:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

SC Error

MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (SDRAM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

1. Change the main board.



Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)

1. Restore appropriate data.

Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)

1. Restore appropriate data.

Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)

1. Restore appropriate data.

Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)

1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7743

Counter: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When counter data is being received:

• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7744

CC save data: SDRAM read failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received:

• SDRAM readout fails. CC save data: Flash ROM erase failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received:

• Flash ROM sector cannot be erased. 7746

CC save data: Flash ROM write failure during data receiving When CC save data is being received:

• Data is not recorded on Flash ROM. 7750

Sensitivity correction: Incoming data error during data receiving When sensitivity correction data is being received:

• Problem is detected with received data. 7751

Unit setup: Incoming data error during data receiving When unit setting data is being received:

• Problem is detected with received data. 7752

Irregularity correction: Incoming data error during data receiving When irregularity correction data is being received:

• Problem is detected with received data. 7753

Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (FPGA configuration data) When firmware data is being received:

• Problem is detected with FPGA configuration data of firmware data.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-63

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

7745

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 7754

Error Name/Description

Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (boot loader) When firmware data is being received:

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)

1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.

Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)

1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.

Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)

1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.

Damage to firmware update data (inside ImagePilot)

1. Upgrade firmware using undamaged data.

• USB connection was lost

1. Confirm that the USB cable connection is secure and update again. 2. Update using undamaged data.

• Problem is detected with boot loader data of firmware data. 7755

Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (main firm 1) When firmware data is being received:

• Problem is detected with main firm data 1 of firmware data. 7756

3

Firmware: Incoming data error during data receiving (main firm 2) When firmware data is being received:

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

• Problem is detected with main firm data 2 of firmware data. 7757

Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (update) When firmware data is being received:

• Problem is detected with upgrade data of firmware data. 7758

Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (type code error) When firmware data is being received:

• Problem is detected with

during data transfer.

• Update data for firmware is damaged. (data inside ImagePilot)

model code of firmware data. 7759

Firm: Incoming data error during data receiving (size error) When firmware data is being received:

Damage to the data restored at the time of [PCB] (inside ImagePilot)

1. Restore appropriate data.

• Problem is detected with size of firmware data.

3-64

REGIUS /II Service Manual

SC Error

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.8 780x: Other

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

7800

Cassette size inconsistency Job search result and size of the loaded cassette do not match.

Bugs

1. Turn Reader power OFF/ON. 2. Turn both the ImagePilot and Reader OFF/ON.

7801

Irregularity correction data error Cassette size obtained when irregularity correction data is received is smaller than cassette size for actual job.

Irregularity calibration has been conducted with the cassette size smaller than the size for actual job.

Perform irregularity calibration using cassette in maximum size for the facility.

7802

Re-erase run error At the time of re-erase: • Abnormal value for erase reference

• MAIN_BOARD

1. Erase image for non-aeration plate and Confirm that this error occurs. If this error still occurs, Reader may be malfunctioning.Then, Confirm that image can be read.

malfunction

• Light Collection Unit malfunction

• Plate defect

- If so, replace MAIN_BOARD. - If not, replace both light collection unit and MAIN_BOARD. 2. Change the plate. (If the problem persists when the same plate is used, the plate may be damaged.)

7803

Job parameter error Parameter of job search result is abnormal.

Settings beyond capability

Review setting for ImagePilot. HINT

This device supports scanning only at 175/87.5m and standard sensitivity.

3.4.9 781x: Door status Error code 7810

Error Name/Description

Upper door open Upper door is open.Rear door and left door are closed.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Use the service tool to confirm that Interlock 1 (Upper Door Sensor) is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Interlock 1 -(JP22-1)(JP22-2)-(JP30-1)(JP30-2)-(MCN6)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7811

Rear Door: Open Rear door is open.Left door is closed.(It is unknown if upper Door is open.)

• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Interlock 2 (Lower Door Sensor) is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Interlock2 - (JP31-1)(JP31-2)-(JP36-1)(JP36-2)-(MCN5)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor. 7812

Left door: open Left door is open.(It is unknown if upper door/rear door is open.)

• Sensor malfunction • No solid connection • Disconnection

3

1. Use the service tool to confirm that Left Door Open/Close Sensor is working. If not, take the following steps and replace parts as required:

- Confirm that all connectors are secure. Left Door Open/Close Sensor (JP13)-(MCN7)

- Confirm that all wires are firmly connected. - Change the sensor.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-65

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.4.10 782x: Warnings These are warning messages. Error codes will not be displayed in message dialog window. Error code 7820

7821

7822

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Cassette not inserted completely Cassette is not locked (is not properly inserted).

• Not properly inserted • Sensor malfunction • Lock mechanism damage

Cassette tray ejection failure Tray cannot be ejected due to cassette bolt mechanism failure to unlock.

-

Temperature rise Thermometer detects a value that exceeds threshold when cassette is inserted.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) If warning message stays on after the cassette is properly inserted: 1. Check the cassette slot.

If this warning frequently appears: 1. Confirm that there is any damage to cassette.

Sensor malfunction (Eraser LED)

1. Check device usage environment and take necessary steps if there is any problem.

- Confirm that the temperature is within specifications. - Confirm that the exhaust and intake vents are clear of obstructions. 2. Replace the Eraser Unit Assy.

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

7823

Eraser LED count Eraser LED count exceeds threshold value during initialization.

-

1. Replace Eraser Unit Assy. IMPORTANT

After eraser unit assy is replaced, perform [LED drive board counter clear.] on [Processing counter] screen of the service tool.

3.4.11 7999: Reader Program Destroyed Error code 7999

Error Name/Description

Reader program destroyed Reader program is damaged and cannot be started. Retrieval function is running.(If retrieval function is not active, Reader cannot be detected.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• Reader power turned OFF during update.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Upgrade the program. 2. Change the main board.

• MAIN_BOARD malfunction (Flash ROM abnormality)

3.4.12 14xxx: Sensitivity Correction Error Error code 14010

Error Name/Description

Sensitivity Correction Error Result of sensitivity correction exceeds prescribed value.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

• Improper scanning dose at 1. Check X-ray dosage and "Exposure Dose" on [Sensitivity] screen the time of sensitivity correction

• Wrong setting value for

and perform sensitivity correction again. 2. Perform sensitivity correction using different plate. 3. Replace light collection unit.

sensitivity correction

• Plate defect • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction

3-66

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 14011

Error Name/Description

Sensitivity Correction Error Result of sensitivity correction does not attain prescribed value.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

• Improper scanning dose at 1. Check X-ray dosage and "Exposure Dose" on [Sensitivity] screen the time of sensitivity correction

• Wrong setting value for

and perform sensitivity correction again. 2. Perform sensitivity correction using different plate. 3. Replace light collection unit.

sensitivity correction

• Plate defect • ANALOG_BOARD malfunction

3.4.13 24xxx: JM Communication Errors

24000

Error Name/Description

JM connection error JM cannot be connected.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence) 1. Reader is connected before completion of ImagePilot server startup. 2. LAN communication cannot be established between Reader connection destination and ImagePilot server.(if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server) 3. Program has failed to start up.

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check LAN cable connection. 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON. 3. Restart ImagePilot.

3

3.4.14 25xxx: ImagePilot Connection Error Error code 25000

Error Name/Description

TCP connection failure Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool cannot be established.

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• LAN disconnection (if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check LAN cable connection. 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON. 3. Restart ImagePilot.

• Program malfunction 25200

TCP disconnected (retry is possible) Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool is aborted while image is being sent.(Image resend is supported. Image will be resent when connection resumes.)

• LAN disconnection (if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)

• Program malfunction

1. Check LAN cable connection. 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON. 3. Restart ImagePilot. HINT

Restart of ImagePilot will erase the images.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-67

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

Error code

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code 25300

Error Name/Description

TCP disconnected (retry is not possible) Connection with ImagePilot/ the service tool is aborted while image is being sent.(Image resend is not supported. Image will not be resent when connection resumes.)

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

• LAN disconnection (if different PCs are used for the connection destination and ImagePilot server)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Check LAN cable connection. 2. Confirm that HUB power is ON. 3. Restart ImagePilot.

• Program malfunction

3.4.15 26xxx: the service tool Error Error code

3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

3

26100

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Unsupported mode job Reader cannot perform maintenance command.

-

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) 1. Wait for Reader to complete operations.

3.4.16 27xxx: USB Related Errors Error code 27000

27001

27002

27010

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Image transmission interruption due to Reader power being OFF Process cannot be carried out because Reader power was turned off during the scan.

USB is disconnected while image data is being sent.The image cannot be resent even if Reader is restarted.

USB disconnected during calibration USB is disconnected while image data is being sent.

• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD

USB disconnected during execution of maintenance command USB is disconnected while maintenance command is being performed. This aborts maintenance operation.

• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD

Reader software version mismatch Program versions (for Reader and communication control) do not match.

• A problem occurs during

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.) If the power was not manually turned off: 1. Check the following:

- Power supply circuit breaker - Power cable connection (including power supply port and power plug)

malfunction

malfunction

firmware update and ImagePilot update is not complete.

1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure. 2. Replace USB cable(s). 3. Change the main board. 1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure. 2. Replace USB cable(s). 3. Change the main board.

1. With all ImagePilot programs activated, use update functions of the service tool to upgrade Reader and single communication control. Then, check [Program] screen to see if all ImagePilot communication controls (except the client that Reader is connected) are upgraded to the latest version. IMPORTANT

Upgrade must be done with all ImagePilot programs activated. 2. Change the main board.

3-68

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

Error code

Error Name/Description

Possible causes if solutions provided in Operation Manual do not resolve the issue (including reoccurrence)

Countermeasure (Please take the following steps to diagnose and the problem.)

New reader detected with cassette process in progress Another Reader (that is in scanning operation) is detected.(The PC connected to a Reader cannot continue image transmission.)

• Other PC is receiving the

27101

Changed to different reader during image reading. A Reader is disconnected from UBS and another Reader is connected during the reading process.

A Reader is disconnected from UBS and another Reader is connected during the reading process.

Connect the USB back to the original Reader. If this cannot be done, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ ON the Reader.Then, restart ImagePilot.

27105

Reader inoperable When Reader(s) is already connected, another reader is connected.

Two or more Readers are connected to a system.

Disconnect all Readers except the one that needs to be operated.(Do this process while Readers are in standby state.)

27110

USB disconnected during reading USB is disconnected during reading.

• USB disconnection • MAIN_BOARD

1. Confirm that USB cable connectors are secure. 2. Replace USB cable(s). 3. Change the main board.

image, and the Reader that is transmitting image data is connected.

• ImagePilot that is connected to Reader is restarted during image transmission.

malfunction

If Reader connection is changed: If possible, reconnect the Reader to ImagePilot that begins receiving image. If not, remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader. If ImagePilot is restarted: Remove cassette and plate and turn OFF/ON the Reader.

3 3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures

27100

REGIUS /II Service Manual

3-69

Chapter 3 Troubleshooting

3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages

3.5.4 Defective image If an image is defective, take the appropriate steps to deal with it. Problem Image or erase remnants

3.5.1 Device Sound Examine the area where an abnormal noise was heard, then confirm the following.

Leave the following content to the customer. • After unjamming the plate, have them perform the image erase operation. (The image erase operation might have not been performed when the error occurred.) • Have them perform the plate image erase operation every morning.

• Check gear tooth surface (if a gear tooth is chipped, an abnormal noise will occur)

• Check for dents in the feeding guide • If near the upper door, check the upper door's positioning It may be hitting against the guide to produce a noise.

• Check for foreign objects or chipped areas • Check the connectors • Change the MAIN_BOARD and check for noises

3.5.2 If power cannot be turned ON

3.5 Countermeasures for dealing with problems not displayed as error messages

3

Countermeasure If the Eraser LED warning indication is on, replace the Eraser LED. (Refer to "5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser LED) (Page 5-27)")

The image size displayed on the ImagePilot will differ.

Details: A 14  17 sized image was read, but only the top part is shown (14  14 size), and the bottom portion is a white image. Make sure a plate of a different size is not loaded in the cassette.

Vertical lines (sharp)

1. Use the cleaning mechanism to remove dust from the light collection unit. 2. Remove the light collection unit, and make sure no dust or foreign objects are obstructing the laser scanning path.Make sure the cleaning mechanism is not interfering with the laser scanning path. 3. Clean the exposure unit's window to make sure it is free of dust. 4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)") 1. Clean the light collection unit and light guide surface to make sure they are free of dust. 2. Clean the exposure unit's window to make sure it is free of dust. 1. Check the installation environment. If the environment is as described below, horizontal lines will occur. - The table is unsteady. - The table rocks when someone moves. - The unit is touching the table in some area other than its rubber feet. A cable is crushed between it.

Confirm the following:

1.

Check the power cable

2.

Check the SW power supply's input voltage (100 to 200 V) If it's no good, check the inlet and noise filter to pinpoint the abnormal area.

3.

Check the SW power supply's output voltage (24 V) If it's no good, change the SW power supply.

Vertical lines (faded)

4.

Check wiring from the SW power supply to the MAIN_BOARD If 24 V of power is coming to the MAIN_BOARD, change the MAIN_BOARD.

Horizontal lines

3.5.3 Plate related • When dirty Clean the plate. (Refer to the Operation Manual for cleaning methods.)

HINT

• When bent

Small vibrations directly from the table are being absorbed by the 4 rubber feet. (Vibration can only be absorbed to a limit)

Change the plate.

2. Clean as needed so that no dust, sticky residue, or dents are on the guide board or roller. Make sure no sticky residue is on the plate. 3. Change the Sub-scan unit. (Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Subscan unit (Page 5-12)") 4. Change the exposure unit. (Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)") 5. Change the light collection unit. (Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)") White spots (left/right)

3-70

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 62)"and perform plate oblique adjustment.

Chapter 4

a Service Tool to 4 Using Confirm Behavior An explanation of how to confirm device operation. IMPORTANT

The ImagePilot service tool will only start up with the ImagePilot server. Moreover, when confirming operation of this device connected from the client's side, run service tool and user tool operations from the ImagePilot server side.

4.1

Behavior Confirmation Summary ............................................4-2

4.2

[Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display..........................................4-2 4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function Summary ...........4-2 4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function Summary ..........4-3

4.3

Confirming behavior of a single device ...................................4-3

4.4

Sensor status Check................................................................4-5 4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process........................4-5 4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status...................................4-5 4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status........................................4-6

4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

Chapter

Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary

4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display

To confirm the operation of each device within the device, as well as check sensor status, an ImagePilot service tool called the Unit Test function (REGIUS /II exclusive) can be used.

Below is an explanation of how to display the [Unit Test] screen needed to confirm device operation, as well as a summary of available functions.

4.2.1 The [Unit test] Screen & Function Summary Displaying the "Unit test" Screen

USB2.0 ImagePilot

REGIUS Σ/ΣII

When displaying the [Unit test] (Check) screen, the device will move into maintenance mode. The following actions can be performed at the [Unit test] (Check) screen.

4.1 Behavior Confirmation Summary

4

1.

Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The "Service Tool" screen will be displayed for reader settings. For details on the "Service Tool" screen, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.

2.

Select "Reader Settings", then click the "Settings" button for "Unit Test". The [Unit test] screen is displayed.

• Independent operation of each device (motors, LEDs, etc.)

• Display sensor status • Setting reader parameters This chapter provides a summary of the functions available at the [Unit test] (Check) screen, steps to take in order to confirm single device operation, and an explanation of how to confirm sensor status. For details not covered in this chapter, including detailed screen explanations, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 82)".

A Summary of [Unit test] Screen Functions The "Unit test" screen includes 6 buttons, each capable of activating a function as explained below. Button

Content

[Unit Test] button

Allows you to perform an independent operation check for each device in the device. (A function explained in this chapter.)

[Disp Error Hist] button

Allows you to check the error history.

[Setting for Warning] button

Allows you to toggle the "Study is not registered." and image re-erase request dialogs ON/OFF.

[Clear Service Call error] button

Used for a Service Call Error status.

[Confirm reader status] button

Allows you to check the following reader adjustment results.

• • • • • [Exit] button

Unit settings Irregularity Sensitivity Mechanical counter Base board number

Allows you to exit the "Unit test" screen.

For screens displayed during execution of these functions, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-2)".

4-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.2.2 The [Unit Test] Screen & Function Summary Displaying the [Unit Test] screen.

1.

Click the [Unit test] button at the "Unit test" screen (Page 4-2). The [Unit Test] screen is displayed.

4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device The loading/feeding motor will be used to illustrate the steps involved in confirming the operation of a single device in the device.

1.

Click the "Motor" tab at the "Unit Test" screen. The "Motor" panel is displayed.

2.

Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. IMPORTANT

• If you only want to confirm motor operation, select [CW] (Clock Wise) or [CCW] (Counter Clock Wise).

Summary of functions at the [Unit Test] screen

4

The [Unit Test] screen consists of 3 panels, each of which can be accessed by clicking a tab. Each panel is explained below. Content

[LED]

Enables you to check the operation for each of the LEDs used as status lamps.

[Motor]

Allows you to check the operation for each motor.

[Erase Unit]

Allows you to check operation for the Eraser LED and its cooling fan.

In addition, the "Sensor status" area at the bottom of the screen allows you to display the status of every sensor, even if you switch to another panel. When you are finished at the "Unit Test" screen, clicking the "Back" button on the lower right of the screen will return you to the "Unit test" screen.

• If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow (Page 4-4)", and follow the process described for operation.

3.

When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. IMPORTANT

The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off. [CW] also stops if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working.

• For details on how to confirm device operation, refer to "4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device (Page 4-3)".

• For details on how to confirm sensor status, refer to "4.4 Sensor status Check (Page 4-5)".

• For screen details, refer to "8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) (Page 8-2)".

REGIUS /II Service Manual

4-3

4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device

Panel

CW CCW

Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.

Select all other operation settings. Item

Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow

Content

[Erase Speed]

Set the erase speed. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.)

[Resolution]

Select a resolution to be used during the image read operation. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Send)" operation.)

[ElectroMag clutch]

Select whether or not the magnetic clutch is operated. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Send)" or "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.) • When selecting OFF, the loading/feeding operation will be performed with the magnetic clutch as it was before operation. This will not change regardless of whether the magnetic clutch is ON or OFF. Refer to "• Setting combinations for the loading/feeding motor's magnetic clutch".

[Cassette Size]

Select the cassette size. (When selecting the "Transport Plate (Return)" operation.)

• Setting combinations for the loading/feeding motor's

IMPORTANT

Other than [CW] and [CCW] for motor operations performed via [Unit Test], only the following order of operation be guaranteed to work. Also, a cassette is used for this operation. (15 × 30 cm cassettes cannot be used.)

No.

Motor

1

Full initialization

2

Cassette insertion

3

Loading NIP motor

Cassette position control

4

Tray moving motor

Cassette position control 1

magnetic clutch

4.3 Confirming behavior of a single device

4

Operation

Magnetic Clutch

Button is ON

Button is OFF

5

Tray moving motor

Pulldown set to OFF

Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, turns OFF.

Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, turns OFF.

Cassette position control 2

6

Loading NIP motor

Tray lock release

Pulldown set to OFF

Magnetic clutch operates via ON. After operating, stays ON.

Magnetic clutch operates via OFF. After operating, stays OFF.

7

Tray moving motor

Tray pullout

8

Loading NIP motor

Roller NIP + Tray raised

9

SubScan nip motor

Initialize

10

Magnetic clutch (button)

OFF

11

Loading/Feeding motor

Plate feeding (send)

12

Insertion nip motor

Scanning

13

Sub-scan NIP motor

Plate feeding (send) 1

14

Sub-scan feeding motor

Plate feeding (send)

15

Sub-scan feeding motor

Plate feeding (return)

16

Insertion nip motor

Erasing

17

Magnetic clutch (button)

ON

18

Loading/feeding motor

Plate feeding (return)

19

Loading NIP motor

Tray lowered + roller NIP

20

Magnetic clutch (button)

OFF

21

Tray moving motor

Tray return 1

22

Tray moving motor

Tray return 2

23

Loading NIP motor

Cassette lock release

HINT

Leaving the magnetic clutch ON for a long period of time will not cause the reader any errors. Also, initialization will occur when exiting the "Unit Test" screen, so no problems will occur.

5.

Click the [Start] button.

The loading/feeding motor will operate according to the selected content.

24

4-4

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Cassette removal

Magnetic Clutch (Pulldown)

ON

OFF

Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.4 Sensor status Check

4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status

Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status. Also, the relationship between sensor status and device status when calculating the device status with multiple sensors is explained here.

Cassette size calculation is performed based on the status of 4 sensors. Cassette size

• "4.4.2 Cassette size & sensor status (Page 4-5)" • "4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status (Page 4-6)"

4.4.1 Sensor status Confirmation Process Perform the following steps to confirm sensor status.

1.

Click the "Start Monitoring" button at the "Unit Test" screen.

Sensor status S1

S2

S3

S4

14" × 17"

ON

ON

ON

ON

14" × 14"

ON

ON

ON

15 cm × 30 cm

ON

ON

11" × 14"

ON

10" × 12"

ON

24 cm × 30 cm

ON

ON ON

ON ON ON

8" × 10" 18 cm × 24 cm

ON

ON

ON

No cassette

• • • •

S1: Size detection sensor 1 status S2: Size detection sensor 2 status S3: Size detection sensor 3 status S4: Size detection sensor 4 status

4.4 Sensor status Check

4

The sensor status is then monitored, and the "Start Monitoring" button changes to a "Stop" button. Once monitoring begins, an updated sensor status is displayed on the [Sensor status] screen about once every 3 seconds. Also, a progress bar is displayed above the "Stop" button.

Progress bar

2.

Confirm the sensor status. IMPORTANT

Other single device operation commands cannot be sent while the sensors are being monitored. For example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating a motor. If you want to run a different single device operation command, you'll have to stop sensor monitoring first.

3.

After confirming sensor operations, click the "Stop" button. Sensor status monitoring will come to a halt.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

4-5

Chapter 4 Using a Service Tool to Confirm Behavior

4.4.3 Insertion site sensor status The status of NIP insertion by the loading NIP motor, and the status of 3 sensors located to the left of the upper insertion unit, are defined in the following chart. Sensor status No.

NIP insertion status

NIP open/ close

Lock release

1

Home position

2

Tray ejecting notch lowered

3

Tray lock released

ON

4

NIP insertion status

ON

5

Tray raised

ON

6

Inserted NIP released

ON

ON

7

Cassette lock released

ON

ON

ON

HP

Rotatio n angle

ON



ON

45° 85°

ON

135° 180°

ON

225° -45°

• Rotation angle: The rotation angle from home position.

4.4 Sensor status Check

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor

7

Loading NIP HP Sensor Tray Lock Release Sensor

Upper Insertion Unit

4-6

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5

5 Disassembly & Assembly An explanation of the steps needed to disassemble and assemble the device. 5.1

Before Disassembly .................................................................5-2

5.2

Fundamental Steps ..................................................................5-3

5.3

Changing electrical parts........................................................5-25

5.4

Changing mechanical parts ...................................................5-40

5.5

Changing cassette parts ........................................................5-51

5 Disassembly & Assembly

Chapter

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.1 Before Disassembly 5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device. Otherwise, your fingers may get caught in sliding or rotating parts inside of the device due to accidental operation.

• Please use a static electricity resistant wristband when handling electronic components inside the device. Touching a charged base board or other electronic component may damage or destroy it.

5.1.2 Checking & adjustments needed after assembly When devices or parts have been reattached or changed, adjustments and confirmation must be done as described in the following chart. IMPORTANT

After making vertical/horizontal magnification adjustments, read starting point adjustments, or oblique adjustments, make sure to correct irregularity. Correction of irregularity must be done for both 175 µm and 87.5 µm resolutions.

Device/part

Confirmation/adjustment

All units and parts

• Confirm that all status lamps are lit right after turning the power ON.

• Confirm that the Ready Lamp is lit after initialization.

• When performing an image read, confirm that the image is displayed on the ImagePilot. Upper Insertion Unit

• Oblique confirmation/adjustment For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

Exposure Unit

Attach a ground strap to your wrist, and attach its clip to a metal portion of the unit for solid grounding.

5

• Do not touch the inside of this device with bare

5.1 Before Disassembly

hands. Dirt or oils from the skin may cause the device to rust, resulting in defective sliding or rotating parts.

• When assembling this device, make sure all wiring is returned to its proper location, and confirm that no wires are lodged in any attachments, etc. If wires are lodged or caught in any attachments, it may cause the device to malfunction.

• Do NOT loosen any screws that are painted white or yellow. If any white screws are loosened, device recovery may be impossible to perform at the service site.

• • • •

Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification Confirm/adjust read starting point Perform sensitivity calibration Correct irregularity

Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. Light Collection Unit

• Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.

Eraser Unit/Assy (Eraser LED)

When changing parts:

• Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up Use the service tool's [Unit Test] (Check) function to make the Eraser LED light up, then confirm visually that it has indeed lit up.

- If it flickers or does not light up at all, there is a defective connection. For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test](Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".

• Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.

5-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

Device/part

Confirmation/adjustment

• Confirm image

Sub-scan Unit

If there are no problems, no adjustment is necessary. If a problem is found, perform the following confirmation/adjustment.

- Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal magnification

- Confirm/adjust read starting point - Perform sensitivity calibration - Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.

- Oblique confirmation/adjustment For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

5.2 Fundamental Steps When disassembling and reassembling this device, certain fundamental steps must be taken, including a method of removing and attaching the external panel, which are fully explained here.

5.2.1 Power OFF/ON The device's power OFF/ON method is explained below.

Power OFF Turn the power supply circuit breaker OFF, then remove the power cable and USB cable.

1.

Make sure the Busy Lamp is unlit.

2.

Turn OFF the power supply circuit breaker.

• Confirm voltage

SW power supply

Details can be found in the change process descriptive text ("5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply (Page 5-30)". Main board

Make a backup of base board data before changing. After changing, the backup data must be restored via the new base board. Details can be found in the change process descriptive text ("5.3.4 Changing the main board (Page 5-28)".

5

5.1.3 Problems that often occur after assembly

Unplug the power cable from its outlet and disconnect it from the device.

5.2 Fundamental Steps

3.

When forgetting to connect the connectors, or they are not securely attached, the following problems will occur. Make sure to thoroughly check that all connectors are fastened securely. Trouble The Status Lamp will not light up.

Connectors to check when a problem occurs Status LED board

• SCN1 An error occurs during initialization.

Left side of device (Sub-scan unit)

• JP36-2(-A) Right side of device (Subscan unit) • JJ37 • JP7-2 After the image reading process is complete and the cassette is removed, the Ready Lamp continues to blink. (No problem before the image reading process)

Right side of device (lower insertion unit)

• JP16-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-3

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

Disconnect the USB cable from the device.

3.

Switch ON the power supply circuit breaker.

4.

Check the status lamps.

• After turning the power ON, all lamps should be lit for approximately 5 seconds during initialization. If any of the lamps are not lit, they may be in need of repair.

• Once initialization has ended, and image reading can be performed, the Ready Lamp should be lit. HINT

If this device is not connected to the ImagePilot, or the ImagePilot has not started up, the Error Lamp will be lit. This concludes the power ON sequence.

5.2.2 Removing the external panel & parts

This concludes the power OFF sequence.

External panel and part removal should be performed as follows.

Power ON Connect the USB cable and power cable to the device, then switch the device power ON.

1.

Upper Cover Assy (Page 5-5) Upper Insertion Unit (Page 5-6)

Connect the USB cable to the device. HINT

When wiring the cable to the back of the device, it can be threaded through the notches at the bottom.

Left Side Panel (Page 5-7) Right Side Panel (Page 5-8)

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

Rear Panel Patch Assy (Page 5-9) Lower Insertion Unit (Page 5-9)

Front Panel Assy (Page 5-11)

Sub-scan Unit (Page 5-12)

USB Cable

Eraser Unit (Page 5-17)

Notch

Exposure Unit (Page 5-20)

2.

Connect the power cable to this device, then plug it into an outlet.

Upper Door Assy (Page 5-23)

IMPORTANT

To prevent the power cable from coming loose, make sure to thread it through the locking wire saddles (× 2).

5-4

Light Collection Unit (Page 5-21)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

: External Unit

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy

3.

Remove the upper cover assy.

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper cover assy. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1.

This concludes the upper cover assy removal process.

Open the upper Door.

The attachment process

1.

Open the upper door.

2.

Attach the upper cover assy. First attach the 2 protruding parts in front, then slide the back part down and in until it fits.

5 Remove the screws from the upper cover assy.

5.2 Fundamental Steps

2.

• Screw × 2

3.

Attach the screws to the upper cover assy.

• Screw × 2 This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-5

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper insertion unit. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

4.

Insert the cables removed in step 2 into the square holes from the top. Lift up the upper insertion unit a bit from each side, then insert cables into the square holes.

5.

Remove the upper insertion unit.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Remove the cables (connectors) as shown in the diagram.

• JP30-2 • JP3-2

Handle the upper insertion unit from the sections circled in the illustration below (normally from the 2 sections on the inside).

JP3-2 JP30-2

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5

3.

Remove the screws from the upper insertion unit.

• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

A

A

B

B

IMPORTANT

When setting down the removed upper insertion unit, place it upside down to avoid scratching the antistatic sheet Assy (circled in the illustration below).

A

A

This concludes the upper insertion unit removal process.

5-6

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

The attachment process

1.

Pull the connectors out of the square holes they were placed in while removing the upper insertion unit, and put the upper insertion unit on top of the frame.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)"and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the upper insertion unit attachment process.

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same upper insertion unit. Perform the following checks/adjustments when re-attaching the upper insertion unit.

• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel The following is a description of how to remove and attach the left side panel.

Press the upper insertion unit in towards the rear, and tighten it down with screws.

• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

A

B

B

A

The removal process

5

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Remove the left door and USB cover.

A

A

3.

Things to prepare

Connect the cables.

• JP30-2 • JP3-2 (After connecting the connectors, thread the cable through the 2 wire saddle points.)

Left Door Assy

JP3-2

USB Cover

JP30-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-7

5.2 Fundamental Steps

2.

CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel

Remove the left side panel.

• Screws × 3

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the right side panel. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process This concludes the left side panel removal process.

The attachment process

1.

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Remove the right side panel. • Screws × 3

Attach the left side panel.

• Screws × 3 Attach while abutted in the upward direction. A

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5

This concludes the right side panel removal process.

The attachment process IMPORTANT

Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open.

2.

1.

Attach the right side panel. • Screws × 3 Attach while abutted in the upward direction.

Attach the left door assy. HINT

A

If no difficulties are experienced during this process, attach the USB cover after connecting the USB cable.

3.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the left side panel attachment process.

5-8

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

IMPORTANT

Make sure Notch A shown above does not get caught on the frame, and that the panel bottom is not open.

The attachment process

1.

2.

Attach the rear panel patch assy together with the rear assy.

• Screws × 4

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the right side panel attachment process.

IMPORTANT

While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off, attach the rear panel patch assy.

5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the rear panel patch assy.

3.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

2.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the rear panel patch assy attachment process.

5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the lower insertion unit.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while

CAUTION

sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device. discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Remove the rear panel patch assy together with the rear assy.

Things to prepare

• Screws × 4

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

IMPORTANT

While supporting the rear assy so that it doesn't fall off, remove the rear panel patch assy.

The removal process

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

Rear Panel Patch Assy

Rear Assy

This concludes the rear panel patch assy removal process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-9

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

1.

4.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

Remove cables connected to the status LED board.

7.

Remove the lower insertion unit.

• SCN1 These cables travel underneath the status LED board, so make sure to pull them out.

SCN1

This concludes the lower insertion unit removal process.

5.

Remove connectors from the right side of the device as illustrated.

The attachment process

1.

• JP16-2

Check the upper insertion unit's cam part. If the situation is not as shown below, rotate the cam part so that the detector is angled according to the illustration.

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor

Tray Lock Release Sensor

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

Loading NIP HP Sensor

Upper Insertion Unit

6.

Remove the screws from the lower insertion unit.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

IMPORTANT

When the situation is the same as illustrated, the upper insertion unit's notches are in the escape position. If the notches are not in the escape position, contact may occur when attaching the lower insertion unit.

2.

Attach the lower insertion unit to the frame.

3.

Secure the lower insertion unit with screws.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 8)

5-10

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

Connect cables to the lower insertion unit from the right side of the device.

• JP16-2

5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy The following is a description of how to remove and attach the front panel assy. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps. Connect cables to the status LED board.

The removal process

• SCN1 Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect them.

SCN1

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.

5.

Remove the front panel assy.

• Screws × 4

6.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

7.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

8.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the lower insertion unit attachment process.

This concludes the front panel assy removal process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-11

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

5.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit

The attachment process

1.

Attach the front panel assy.

• Screws × 4 Attach while abutted as shown by the illustration.

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the Sub-scan unit. (In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.) CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Abutment direction

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while

Abutment Part

discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The front panel assy in the bubble is a cross-section view.

2.

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

The removal process

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

2.

4.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

5.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

4.

Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.

5.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.

6.

Remove the frame's anterior cover.

This concludes the front panel assy attachment process.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

5-12

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

7.

Remove cables connected to the main board from the exposure unit and light collection unit.

• Exposure unit: CN8, CN9 • Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12

10. Remove the handle (light collection unit cleaning handle). Take it out while turned in the #2 position.

(Together with the main board connector names.) Light Collection Unit

Exposure Unit CNxx

20

USB (13)

11 10 14 9 8

12

5

6

7 4

21 1

2

3 Unused

11. Remove connectors from the right side of the device as illustrated.

• JJ37 • JP7-2

Remove connectors from the left side of the device as illustrated.

• JP36-2

5

JJ37

JP7-2

12. Remove the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan). • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

JP36-2

9.

Remove the handle (unjamming dial).

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-13

5.2 Fundamental Steps

8.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

13. Pull the device's rear lever and slide down the exit guide.

16. Pull the sub-scan unit about 5cm out of the device, then coil the cables removed from the main board around the exposure unit protrusions. IMPORTANT

When removing the sub-scan unit, be careful not to get the cables caught on the frame, upper insertion unit, etc. Space between the exposure unit and upper insertion unit is extremely small, so be sure not to pull out the sub-scan unit while cables remain on top of the exposure unit. Exit Guide Exposure Unit Lever

14. Remove the screws from the sub-scan unit. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)

Protrusions

Sub-scan Unit Wrapping Reference

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5

15. Open the upper door.

17. Pull out and remove the sub-scan unit. Handle the sub-scan unit from the sections circled in the illustration below. When setting it down, place it on the table so that the protruding parts hang off the edge, enabling it to sit flat as shown in the bubble.

Table

This concludes the sub-scan unit removal process.

5-14

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

The attachment process

1.

Make sure all parts removed from the sub-scan unit are back in place.

4.

Close the upper door.

5.

Secure the sub-scan unit with screws.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 8 (M3 × 6)

The unjamming dial and Light Collection Unit cleaning handle are not attached here.

6.

HINT

Raise the exit guide upright.

Attachments you might forget:

• Attach exposure unit screws (Exposure unit: 6 places, Fixed pin Assy: 2 places)

• Reconnect cables disconnected when removing and attaching base board assembly (4 places) As done during removal, coil the exposure unit cables, etc. around the exposure unit protrusions.

3.

When inserting the sub-scan unit into the device, unravel the coiled cables part way through and place them on top of the exposure unit. IMPORTANT

• When inserting the sub-scan unit, make sure it slides into the guides along the bottom of the device. Make sure it is not loaded at a slant, or that it does not hit the loaded part when lifted.

5

7.

Attach the fan assembly (Eraser LED cooling fan).

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

• Depending on how the cables were coiled, they might get smashed when putting the sub-scan unit back into the device. In some cases you may not be able to uncoil the cables, so make sure to check the cable status while inserting the sub-scan unit into the device, then uncoil them from the protrusions part way through.

Sub-scan Unit

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-15

5.2 Fundamental Steps

2.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8.

Connect cables on the right side of the device.

• JJ37 • JP7-2

11. Connect cables on the left side of the device. • JP36-2

JJ37

JP36-2 JP7-2

9.

12. Connect exposure unit and light collection unit Attach the handle (light collection unit cleaning handle). Insert aligned with mark #1. Once abutted, twist it to the mark #2 position and push it in until it stops. After pushing it in, remove your hand, and the handle will return to the mark #1 position.

cables to the main board.

• Exposure unit: CN8, CN9 • Light Collection Unit: CN3, CN10, CN11, CN12 (Together with the main board connector names.) Light Collection Unit

Exposure Unit CNxx

20

USB (13)

5

11 10 14 9 8

12

5

7 4

21 1

5.2 Fundamental Steps

6

2

3 Unused

10. Attach the handle (unjamming dial). • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

13. Attach the frame's anterior cover. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

5-16

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

15. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel

5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the eraser unit. CAUTION

patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and attach the rear panel patch assy.

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device. • In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process. • Do NOT touch the erase filter (the yellow part) of the eraser unit. Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.

16. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

17. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

18. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

This concludes the sub-scan unit attachment process.

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching a sub-scan unit When re-attaching a sub-scan unit, make sure to check the read image status as a final step. If the image has a problem, check/ adjust the device as follows.

• • • •

The removal process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.

2.

Remove the air intake duct from the left side of the sub-scan unit.

Confirm/adjust vertical and horizontal magnification Confirm/adjust read starting point Perform sensitivity calibration Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Repair Manual for details on the items above.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

5

• Checking/adjusting oblique lighting 5.2 Fundamental Steps

For details, refer to "6.1 Oblique adjustments (Page 6-2)".

3.

Remove the exhaust air duct from the right side of the sub-scan unit.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-17

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

7.

Remove the dustproof cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

5.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

8.

Remove the base board cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Remove the screws from the eraser unit.

Remove the eraser unit. At this point it will be hitched on the sub-scan unit's side plate boss, so slide it up a bit to remove it.

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5 Boss

6.

Remove 2 cables connected to the LED drive2 board. Eraser Unit

• CN2 • CN3 (Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.) After removing each connector, unhook them from their clamps and wire saddles so that they are no longer secured to the eraser unit.

CN1 CN2

5-18

CN3 CN4

This concludes the eraser unit removal process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

The attachment process

1.

Attach the base board cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Hitch the eraser unit to the sub-scan unit's side plate boss. There are 3 bosses on one side. Fit the eraser unit to the top 2 bosses and slide it down. Once the eraser unit's indentation enters the second boss from the top, it will slide down by its own weight.

Eraser Unit

5.

Attach the dustproof cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Boss Eraser Unit

6.

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5

Attach the air intake duct.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

2.

Secure the eraser unit with screws.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

3.

Connect 2 cables to the LED drive2 board.

• CN2 • CN3 (Together with the LED drive2 board connector names.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-19

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

7.

Scanner y colector de luz

Attach the exhaust air duct.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit The following is a description of how to remove and attach the exposure unit. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• Do not touch the exposure unit's dustproof glass (where laser light is emitted). Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

8.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the eraser unit attachment process.

The removal process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.

2.

Remove the screws from the exposure unit.

Confirmation/settings needed when changing the Eraser Unit or Eraser Unit Assy When the eraser unit or eraser unit assy have been changed, the following confirmation and settings must be performed.

• Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up

5

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6)

Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test] (Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually that it lights up.

- If the LED flickers or does not light up, 5.2 Fundamental Steps

cable connection may be defective. For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".

• Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. HINT

When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a warning message is displayed.

3.

Remove the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys (one per side).

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)

5-20

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit

Remove the exposure unit. Exposure Unit

The following is a description of how to remove and attach the light collection unit. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• Do not touch the light collecting mirror base (at the tip) or the light guide (transparent part).Do not let dust or debris contaminate the parts while handling them.

Things to prepare This concludes the exposure unit removal process.

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1.

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit. In this explanation, the term "sub-scan unit" refers to the exposure unit, light collection unit, and eraser unit together as a single assembly.

2.

Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit from the sub-scan unit.

3.

Remove the screws from the light collection unit.

Place the exposure unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press it inward. Rail

• A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) • B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 10)

2.

Attach the exposure unit's positioning pin Assys (one per side).

B

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 per side (M3 × 6)

3.

A

Secure the exposure unit with screws.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 6 (M3 × 6)

4.

A

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

A B

This concludes the exposure unit attachment process.

A

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching an exposure unit When the same exposure unit has been re-attached, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.

• • • •

Confirm/adjust horizontal magnification Confirm/adjust read starting point Perform sensitivity calibration

Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-21

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

The attachment process

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

Remove the light collection unit. Light Collection Unit

3.

Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the sub-scan unit.

4.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the light collection unit attachment process.

Things to check/adjust when re-attaching the same light collection unit. When the same light collection unit have been re-attached, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.

• Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. This concludes the light collection unit removal process.

The attachment process (when changing assemblies)

The attachment process

1.

IMPORTANT

Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press them inward.

When changing the light collection unit, the PMT support plate and light collection unit positions needs to be adjusted. Refer to " The attachment process (when changing assemblies) (Page 5-22)".

1.

Place the light collection unit on top of the sub-scan unit's rail, then press them inward.

5 5.2 Fundamental Steps

Rail

Rail

2.

Loosen the screws on the PMT support plate.

• D: Screws × 2 (step 3 illustration)

3. 2.

Secure the light collection unit with screws. Attach screws marked A through D in the illustration in the following order.

Secure the light collection unit with screws. First attach the 2 screws marked "A" in the illustration.

1) A: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

• A, B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6) • C: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2

3) C: TP hexagonal Phillips-head sems II screws × 2 (M3 × 10)

2) B: TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 2 (M3 × 6)

(M3 × 10)

4) D: Screws × 2 C C

D A

A

B

B

A C

5-22

A

B

C

REGIUS /II Service Manual

B

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit to the sub-scan unit.

5.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

3.

Slide the Rotation Support Point Assy (left side) to the right and remove it. Remove the spring at this point as well.

This concludes the light collection unit attachment process when changing them out.

Things to check/adjust when changing light collection unit. Spring

When changing light collection unit, adjustments and confirmation must be done as follows.

• Perform sensitivity calibration • Correct irregularity

Rotation Support Point Assy

Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.

4. 5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy The following is a description of how to remove and attach the upper door assy.

Slide the upper door assy to the left, remove the right shaft from the device, and remove the upper door assy. Remove the spring at this point as well. Upper Door Assy Spring

CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

5

Things to prepare

5.2 Fundamental Steps

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The removal process

1. 2.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

This concludes the upper door assy removal process.

Remove the screw from the Rotation Support Point Assy on the left side.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Screws

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-23

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

2.

The attachment process

Loosen the screws on each side of the locating plate. • Screws on each side × 2

IMPORTANT

When changing the upper door assy, the locating plate's position needs to be adjusted. Refer to " The attachment process (when changing assemblies) (Page 5-24)".

1.

Place the spring into the support pillar (Rotation Support Point Assy) on the right side of the upper door assy, then insert the support pillar into the device.

2.

Attach the removed Rotation Support Point Assy to the spring, then fix it to the device.

Locating Plate

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

3.

Upper Door Assy Spring

Close the upper door, push in the direction indicated below, then tighten the locating plate's screws. • Screws on each side × 2 Press This Direction

Spring

Rotation Support Point Assy

5.2 Fundamental Steps

5 Screws

3.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

4.

Remove the upper door assy, insert the spring, then attach it to the device. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

5.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the upper cover assy attachment process.

The attachment process (when changing assemblies)

1.

Attach the upper door assy to the device without a spring. • TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6) Rotation Support Point Assy

Upper Door Assy

IMPORTANT

After attaching the upper cover assy, confirm that there is no noticeable difference in level between it and the upper door assy. If the upper door assy is raised, readjust its positioning board. This concludes the upper door assy attachment process for changing assemblies.

5-24

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board

5.3.1 Changing the status LED board

Follow the steps below to change the LED drive2 board. CAUTION

Follow the steps below to change the status LED board.

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Remove the dustproof cover.

5

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

Change the status LED board.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

2.

Man-hours

1

Man-hours

1

1.

Employees

• Screws × 2 • CN1 (Status LED board connector name.) Pass the cables underneath the status LED board to connect them. STATUS_LED_BOARD

CN1

3.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the status LED board changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-25

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

5.

Remove the base board cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

4.

Remove all cables connected to the LED drive2 board.

Change the LED drive2 board.

• Screws × 4

6.

Connect cables to all LED drive2 board connectors. IMPORTANT

How to connect the FFC cable (CN1) CN1 CN2

Insert the FFC cable placing the contact face toward the opposite side of the lock lever and insert it vertically. When doing so, make sure to firmly insert the FFC cable to the connector vertically until it touches the body.

CN3 CN4

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5 FFC Cable Contact Face

IMPORTANT

How to remove the FFC cable (CN1) Remove the FFC cable after unlocking the lock by pushing up the CN1 lock lever.

Push up the vertically standing lock lever toward the rotation direction to lock it. After connecting it, confirm that it is firmly locked by gently pulling up the FFC cable.

Lock Lever

7.

Attach the base board cover.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

5-26

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8.

Attach the dustproof cover.

4.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 1 (M3 × 6)

• Screw × 3

Remove the substrate backing plate.

Loosen the 2 screws on the top, and remove 1 screw on the bottom. Loosen

Remove Base Board Backup Plate

9.

5.3.3 Changing the Eraser Unit Assy (Eraser LED)

5.

• Screw × 3

6.

Follow the steps below to change the Eraser Unit Assy. CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

7.

Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit to the sub-scan unit. In addition, refer to the attachment process covered in "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit", and when "connecting cables to the LED drive2 board", attach the previously removed LED drive2 board, then connect the cables to all LED drive2 board connectors. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

This concludes the eraser unit assy changing process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Attach the substrate backing plate to the new Eraser Unit Assy.

Man-hours

1

Confirmation/settings needed after changing the Eraser Unit Assy • Confirm that the Eraser LED lights up

Things to prepare

Use the service tool's [Unit test] to access the [Unit Test] (Check) screen, operate the Eraser LED, and confirm visually that it lights up.

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

- If the LED flickers or does not light up, Cable connection may be defective. For a detailed explanation of the [Unit Test] (Check) function, refer to "4.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen Display (Page 4-2)".

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Refer to "5.3.2 Changing the LED drive2 board (Page 5-25)", and remove the LED drive2 board.

3.

Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit from the sub-scan unit.

• Clear the Erase Counter Use the service tool's [Processing Counter] function to perform this task. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Repair Manual for details. HINT

When the Eraser LED has lit up more than 42,000 times, a warning message is displayed.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-27

5 5.3 Changing electrical parts

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the LED drive2 board changing process.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.4 Changing the main board All of the device's setting data is saved to the main board. So when changing the main board, it's important to back up any data saved to the current main board before progressing. After changing it, the backup data must then be restored to the new main board. A reader program is also written to the main board. A program written to the main board may become old when the main board is changed, and require overwrite to a new program. Use the service tool of the ImagePilot connected to this device to backup or restore data or overwrite a program. The steps needed to change the main board are summarized as follows.

• For details on service tool operation, refer to the

2.

Exit the ImagePilot and device, then turn OFF their power sources.

3.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

4.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

5.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

6.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.

7.

Remove the frame's anterior cover.

ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

IMPORTANT

The main board must be changed when a problem is thought to have occurred from within the main board. In most cases, when a problem occurs with the main board, connection is cut off between the device and ImagePilot, and backup data can no longer be created.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5

The backup option is included while adjusting settings, so be sure to create backup data each time settings are changed while the device is being serviced, etc.

8.

Remove all cables connected to the main board. CNxx

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

20 12 USB (13)

1

11 1014 9 8 5

6

7

21

4 1

2

3 Unused

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

If communications are possible between this device and the ImagePilot, access the service tool's [Change Base Board] screen to back up all data saved to the main board into the ImagePilot. HINT

When using the REGIUS MODEL 110 etc. to back up ImagePilot setting information (system and JM information), ImagePilot settings had to be returned to default. However, since USB connection is used for the REGIUS /II, this is no longer necessary.

5-28

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

9.

12. Attach the frame's anterior cover.

Change the main board.

• Screw × 8

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

When attaching the main board, loosely fasten the 2 screws marked "A" in the illustration, then tighten them after sliding it to the left. After that, tighten it down with the remaining 6 screws.

13. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

14. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

15. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

16. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper

A

cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

17. Turn ON the ImagePilot and device to start them up. 18. Overwrite the MAIN_BOARD program with the latest 10. Confirm that the HV (high voltage) switch of the MAIN_BOARD is set to ON.

version on the [Install] screen and the [Program] screen of the service tool. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.

19. Restore the backup data, which is created in step 1 ON

at the [PCB] screen (or created when setting or servicing the device, etc.) of the service tool, to the new main board.

OFF HV

If no data is available to restore If you were unable to back up the previous main board's data, and there is no backup data created when setting or servicing, the following recheck/readjustment process must be performed.

Turn it on ON if it is OFF.

11. Connect the cables removed in step 8 to the main board.

• • • •

Confirm the number of read pixels and read starting point Adjust the image size and image position Calibrate irregularity

Perform sensitivity calibration Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details. IMPORTANT

After making these settings, make sure to back up the main board data.

20. Restart the device. This concludes the main board changing process. REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-29

5 5.3 Changing electrical parts

A

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.5 Changing the SW power supply

7.

Change the SW power supply. • Screws × 2

8.

Connect the power supply circuit breaker cable to the SW power supply. • CN1

9.

Temporarily connect the power cable to the device and plug it into an outlet.

Follow the steps below to change the SW power supply. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.

5.

Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" and remove the front panel assy.

6.

Remove all cables connected to the SW power supply.

10. Turn the device ON, confirm the SW power supply's output voltage, and adjust if out of range. Signal name +24 V

Point of measurement

Voltage range

CN51-6 (+ side)

23.50 - 24.50V

CN51-1 (- side)

CN1

VR51

Voltage Drop CN1

CN51

CN51

Voltage Rise

11. Unplug the power cable from its outlet and disconnect it from the device.

12. Connect the cables to the SW power supply. • CN51

13. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" and attach the front panel assy.

14. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

15. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

16. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

5-30

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

17. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper

6.

cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the SW power supply changing process.

Remove the brackets attached to the power supply circuit breaker.

• Screws × 2

5.3.6 Changing the power supply circuit breaker Follow the steps below to change the power supply circuit breaker. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

7.

Man-hours

1

Change the power supply circuit breaker. Check the switch's ON/OFF symbols to make sure it is pointing in the direction shown in the illustration when attaching it.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4. 5.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit. Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" and remove the front panel assy.

5

8.

Attach the brackets.

• Screws × 2

9.

Refer to "5.2.9 Removing/attaching the front panel assy (Page 5-11)" and attach the front panel assy.

10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the power supply circuit breaker changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-31

5.3 Changing electrical parts

1.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.7 Changing the Inlet-NF wiring Assy

7.

Remove the box cover patch assembly.

• Screws × 2

Follow the steps below to change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

8.

• Screws × 2 • Screw × 1 (ground)

The changing process

1.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5

Attach so the inlet's central terminal is facing downward.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)", and remove the upper door assy.

3.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

5.

Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.

6.

Change the Inlet-NF wiring Assy.

Remove upper door stoppers A and B.

Ground

9.

Attach the box cover patch assembly.

• Screws × 2

10. Attach upper door stoppers A and B.

• Screw × 1 each

• Screw × 1 each

11. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and attach the rear panel patch assy.

Upper Door Stopper (B)

12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel. Upper Door Stopper (A)

14. Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)" and attach the upper door assy.

15. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the Inlet-NF wiring Assy changing process.

5-32

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.8 Changing size detection sensors 1 and 2

6.

Remove the sensor assembly.

• Screws × 3

Follow the steps below to change size detection sensor 1 and size detection sensor 2. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

7.

Change the sensors.

Man-hours

Size Detection Sensor 1

1

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

5

2. 3. 4. 5.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its cover.

• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)

8.

Attach the sensor assembly.

• Screws × 3

9.

Attach the lower insertion unit cover.

• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)

10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the changing process for size detection sensors 1 and 2.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-33

5.3 Changing electrical parts

Size Detection Sensor 2

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.9 Changing the cassette sensor

5.3.10 Changing the plate sensor (light receiving)

Follow the steps below to change the cassette sensor. CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light receiving). CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

1

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

5

2.

The changing process Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" to remove the sub-scan unit and upper insertion unit. At this point, only the front panel assy and upper door assy are attached to the frame.

2.

Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)", and remove the feeding roller.

Change the cassette sensor.

Magnetic Clutch

Feeding Roller

3.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

Bearing E Ring

This concludes the cassette sensor changing process.

5-34

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

5.3.11 Changing the plate sensor (light emitting)

Remove the detector mounting plate.

• Screws × 2

Follow the steps below to change the plate sensor (light emitting). CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary Detector Mounting Plate

This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

4.

Change the plate sensor (light receiving).

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and remove the upper insertion unit.

5

5.

Remove the plate sensor (light emitting) from the upper insertion unit. Make sure not to scratch the antistatic sheet Assy (circled below) during this process.

Attach the detector mounting plate.

• Screws × 2

6.

Refer to "5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch (Page 5-45)", and attach the feeding Roller.

7.

Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" to attach the upper insertion unit and sub-scan unit.

This concludes the plate sensor (light receiving) changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-35

5.3 Changing electrical parts

IMPORTANT

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

Remove the connector (JP29), then remove the cable connected to the plate sensor (light emitting) from its wire saddles (× 4).

6.

Take the detector mounting plate out from under the upper insertion unit, then change the plate sensor (light emitting).

7.

Place the detector mounting plate and run its cable through the wire saddles.

JP29

4.

Remove screw from the lever.

• Screws × 1

HINT

Once the detector mounting plate has been secured, running its cable through the wire saddles becomes difficult. Run the cable through the 2 wire saddles on the sensor side here.

8.

Attach the detector mounting plate.

• Screws × 1

9.

5

Connect the cable and run it through the wire saddles.

5.3 Changing electrical parts

• JP29

10. Attach the lever screw. 5.

Remove screw from the detector mounting plate.

• Screws × 1

11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper

• Screws × 1 Rotate the cam part, then move the slide guide as indicated by the arrow below. Once the lever is loose, the screws can be accessed.

insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and attach the upper insertion unit.

12. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

Detector Mounting Plate

This concludes the plate sensor (light emitting) changing process. Lever

Slide Guide

5-36

Slide Guide

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.3.12 Changing the V-SYNC sensor and VSYNC assembly

6.

Remove the V-SYNC assembly.

• Screws × 2

Follow the steps below to change the V-SYNC sensor and VSYNC assembly. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

7. Things to prepare

If you are changing the V-SYNC sensor, replace the old one.

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)" and remove the rear panel patch assy.

5.

5

8.

Attach the V-SYNC assembly.

• Screws × 2 Insert the V actuator into the exposure guide holes, then attach so it is abutted as shown in the illustration.

Remove the cable from the V-SYNC sensor.

• JP32 Exposure Guide Hole

V Actuator JP32

9.

Connect the cable to the V-SYNC sensor.

• JP32

10. Refer to "5.2.7 Removing & attaching the rear panel patch assy. (Page 5-9)"

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-37

5.3 Changing electrical parts

1.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side

4.

Change the entrance NIP sensor.

5.

Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy" starting from Process 8 on Page 5-42, and attach the other parts that were removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the sub-scan unit removal process.

6.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the V-SYNC sensor and V-SYNC assembly changing process.

5.3.13 Changing the entrance NIP sensor Follow the steps below to change the entrance NIP sensor. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

This concludes the entrance NIP sensor changing process.

Man-hours

1

5 5.3 Changing electrical parts

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", and remove the sub-scan drive Assy.

3.

Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2).

5-38

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

5.3.14 Changing the exit NIP sensor

Remove the base board assembly.

• Screw × 6

Follow the steps below to change the exit NIP sensor. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

4.

1

Remove the protective cover.

• Screws × 2

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Remove the connectors (× 4) circled in the illustration, then remove their cables from the base board's cable hole. JP5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)

5.

JP33 (entrance NIP sensor)

5.3 Changing electrical parts

• • • •

5

Remove the lower open/close springs (× 2).

JP31-1

JP33

JP5 JP32 Leave this cable attached to the base board.

JP31-1

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-39

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6.

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Change the exit NIP sensor.

• JP34

5.4.1 Changing the loading/feeding motor Follow the steps below to change the loading/feeding motor. CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process. Top Down View

Process Summary

7.

Attach the lower open/close springs (× 2).

8.

Attach the protective cover.

This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees 1

• Screws × 2

9.

Man-hours

Attach the base board assembly.

Things to prepare

• Screw × 6

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

10. Refer to step 2 and connect the cables. • • • •

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

5

JP5

The changing process

JP32 (V-SYNC sensor)

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit.

5.

Change the loading/feeding motor (stepping motor).

JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1

11. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the exit NIP sensor changing process.

• Screws × 2 • JP4

JP4

5-40

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

7.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

8.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

9.

2.

Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt and slowdown pulley.

• Screw × 1 After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley. Tension Arm R

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the loading/feeding motor changing process. Drive Pulley

5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy

Slowdown Pulley Drive Belt

3.

CAUTION

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be

Remove the connectors (x4) circled in the illustration, then remove their cables from the base board's cable hole.

• • • •

sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

JP5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor) JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1

5 JP33

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

JP5 JP32

Things to prepare Leave this cable attached to the base board.

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

4.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

JP31-1

Remove the base board assembly.

• Screw × 6

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-41

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan NIP motor. The sub-scan drive Assy is removed when changing the sub-scan NIP motor.

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

5.

Remove the sub-scan drive Assy screws.

7.

• Screw × 4

Change the sub-scan NIP motor.

• Screws × 2

Sub-scan NIP Motor

6.

Remove the sub-scan drive Assy.

8.

Refer to step 6, then assemble and attach the subscan drive Assy. Align it with the sub-scan unit's side plate and emboss.

9.

Secure the sub-scan drive Assy by attaching the screws.

1) Rotate the free shaft holder 90 degrees, release the lock, and remove it from the sub-scan drive Assy. 2) Slide the sub-scan drive Assy together with the drive transmission gear, then pull them up and out. 3) Remove the drive transmission gear's parallel pin for baffling.

• Screw × 4 Start with the screws closest to the synchronization axis.

5 5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Emboss

Free Bearing

Synchronization Axis

Sub-scan Drive Assy

10. Attach the base board assembly. • Screw × 6

11. Refer to step 3 and connect the cables. Parallel pin

• • • •

Free Bearing Drive Transmission Gear

JP5 JP32 (V-SYNC sensor) JP33 (entrance NIP sensor) JP31-1

12. Attach the slowdown pulley and drive belt, then If you are not going to change the sub-scan NIP motor, skip to step 8.

5-42

connect the tension arm R spring.

• Screw × 1

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

13. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley.

4.

Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each. Normal Rotation Direction

Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt. After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley. Tension Arm R

Reverse Rotation Direction

Drive Pulley Drive Belt

14. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

5.

Remove the protective cover.

• Screws × 2 When removing the rear side screws, hold tension arm R in your hand and move it for accessibility.

This concludes the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy changing process.

5.4.3 Changing the sub-scan feeding motor Follow the steps below to change the sub-scan feeding motor. CAUTION

sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

6.

Change the sub-scan feeding motor (stepping motor Assy).

• Screws × 4 • JP6

Man-hours

1

When removing the screws, hold tension arm R in your hand and move it for accessibility.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.

3.

Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)", and remove the light collection unit.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-43

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

5

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

IMPORTANT

Do NOT remove the drive pulley attached to the stepping motor.

7.

9.

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

3.

Remove the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.

Attach the protective cover.

• Screws × 2

8.

The changing process

Attach the drive belt and fasten the tension arm R spring. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each.

• JP8

4.

Remove the fan assembly.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

Normal Rotation Direction

JP8

Reverse Rotation Direction Fan Assembly

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

5

10. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)" and attach the light collection unit.

5.

Change the Eraser LED cooling fan (fan motor).

• Screws × 2

11. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.

12. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the sub-scan feeding motor changing process.

5.4.4 Changing the Eraser LED cooling fan Follow the steps below to change the Eraser LED cooling fan. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5-44

Connect the Eraser LED cooling fan cable.

• JP8

8.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

9.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

Man-hours

1

Attach the fan assembly.

• TP hexagonal Phillips-head screw × 4 (M3 × 6)

7.

Process Summary

Employees

6.

This concludes the Eraser LED cooling fan changing process.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6.

5.4.5 Changing the magnetic clutch

Remove the baffle board.

• Screws × 1

Follow the steps below to change the magnetic clutch. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Man-hours

1

Baffle Board

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

7.

Remove the shaft holders (× 2), feeding Roller, and magnetic clutch.

• E Rings × 2

The changing process

Feeding Roller

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4.

Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and remove the upper insertion unit.

5.

Remove the magnetic clutch cable.

• JP9

Magnetic Clutch

Bearing

8.

Attach the shaft holders (× 2), feeding Roller, and new magnetic clutch.

• E Rings × 2 Make sure to insert the right-side shaft holder into the gear connection assy hole.

Magnetic Clutch

Bearing JP9

Bearing Feeding Roller

Gear Connection Assy

(The lower insertion unit is removed in this illustration.)

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-45

5 5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Employees

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

9.

Attach the baffle board.

The changing process

• Screws × 1

HINT

Clipping the baffle board's protruding part, attach the magnetic clutch's hook to it.

After changing the upper door guide, the locating plate which secures the upper door support pillar needs a position adjustment. The upper door assy must be removed to perform this task.

1.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)", and remove the upper door assy.

3.

Change the guide.

Baffle Board

• Screws × 5

10. Connect the magnetic clutch cable. • JP9

11. Refer to "5.2.4 Removing & attaching the upper insertion unit (Page 5-6)" and attach the upper insertion unit.

12. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side 5

panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

14. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

4.

Refer to "5.2.14 Removing & attaching the upper door assy (Page 5-23)" and attach the upper door assy.

5.

Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy.

This concludes the magnetic clutch changing process.

5.4.6 Changing the upper door guide Follow the steps below to change the upper door guide. CAUTION Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

This concludes the upper door guide changing process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5-46

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6.

5.4.7 Changing the link assemblies

Remove the sector spring.

Follow the steps below to change Link Assy.1 and Link Assy.2. CAUTION

Sector Spring

• Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

7.

Change the link assemblies.

• E Rings × 2 per assembly Attach them in alignment with the sector gear circles.

1

Things to prepare

Link Assy.1

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)", and remove the upper cover assy.

2.

Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and remove the left side panel.

3.

Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and remove the right side panel.

4. 5.

Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)", and remove the lower insertion unit. Turn over the lower insertion unit and remove its cover.

• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)

Circle

5

8.

Attach the sector spring.

9.

Attach the lower insertion unit cover.

• P Tight × 4 (M3 × 8)

10. Refer to "5.2.8 Removing & attaching the lower insertion unit (Page 5-9)" and attach the lower insertion unit.

11. Refer to "5.2.6 Removing & attaching the right side panel (Page 5-8)" and attach the right side panel.

12. Refer to "5.2.5 Removing & attaching the left side panel (Page 5-7)" and attach the left side panel.

13. Refer to "5.2.3 Removing & attaching the upper cover assy (Page 5-5)" and attach the upper cover assy. This concludes the changing process for link assemblies 1 and 2.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-47

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

1.

Link Assy.2

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

4.

5.4.8 Changing the entrance guide Follow the steps below to change the entrance guide.

Pull down the driven entrance assembly, release the feeding Roller clamp, and change the entrance guide.

• Screws × 2

CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

Entrance Guide

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

Driven Entrance Assembly

1

When attaching it, abut its locating boss to the sub-scan unit's notches, then secure with screws while bringing it in.

Things to prepare Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

The changing process IMPORTANT

When removing and attaching an entrance guide, make sure the eraser unit is attached to the sub-scan unit.

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

5

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy (Page 5-41)", and remove the sub-scan drive Assy.

5.

Remove the upper open/close springs (× 2) and entrance NIP sensor.

Attach the upper open/close springs (× 2) and entrance NIP sensor.

6.

Refer to "5.4.2 Changing the sub-scan NIP motor and sub-scan drive Assy" starting from Process 8 on Page 5-42, and attach the other parts that were removed from the sub-scan drive Assy during the sub-scan unit removal process.

7.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit.

3.

Entrance NIP Sensor

This concludes the entrance guide changing process.

5-48

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

6.

5.4.9 Changing the drive rollers Follow the steps below to change drive roller U and drive roller D.

Remove the flywheel of the drive roller to be changed.

• Screw × 1 each

CAUTION • Before disassembling/assembling this device, be sure to switch OFF the power supply circuit breaker and disconnect the power cable from the device.

HINT

When removing the screw for flywheel D (bottom), holding the reverse side slowdown pulley secure will make it easier.

• In order to avoid potential base board damage while discharging it, refer to "5.1.1 Disassembly/Assembly Cautions (Page 5-2)" and wear a grounding strap during the process.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform. Employees

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare

The changing process

1.

Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)", and remove the sub-scan unit.

2.

Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", and remove the eraser unit.

3.

Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)", and remove the exposure unit.

4.

Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)", and remove the light collection unit.

5.

7.

Take off the tension arm R spring, then remove the drive belt and slowdown pulley.

• Screw × 1 After removal, move the roller part of tension arm R downward (as shown in the illustration bubble) so that it does not make contact with the drive pulley. Tension Arm R

Slowdown Pulley Drive Belt

Drive Pulley

Take off the tension arm L spring, then remove the sync belt. After removing, pull tension arm L's roller side down to the right as shown in the illustration bubble.

Tension Arm L

Sync Belt

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5 5.4 Changing mechanical parts

Standard tools are required to perform the following steps.

5-49

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

8.

Change drive roller U. (If only changing drive roller D, these steps are unnecessary.) 1) Remove drive roller U's left shaft holder.

9.

Change drive roller D. (If only changing drive roller U, these steps are unnecessary.) 1) Remove drive roller D's right shaft holder.

• Screws × 3

• Screws × 3

2) Change drive roller U. The right shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when sliding the roller to the right.

2) Change drive roller D. The left shaft holder is not secure, so it will come off when sliding the roller to the left.

3) Attach drive roller U's left shaft holder.

3) Attach drive roller D's right shaft holder.

5.4 Changing mechanical parts

5

• Screws × 3 Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches.

• Screws × 3 Make sure no screws fall into the shaft holder notches.

Notch

Notch

5-50

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

10. Refer to step 7 to attach the slowdown pulley and drive belt, then connect the tension arm R spring.

5.5 Changing cassette parts 5.5.1 Disassembling a cassette

• Screw × 1

11. Adapt the drive belt to the pulley. Rotate the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each.

The following steps describe how to disassemble the cassette's front plate, back plate, and tray.

Process Summary This process requires the following number of employees and estimated number of man-hours to perform.

Reverse Rotation Direction

Employees

Man-hours

1

Things to prepare In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to perform this task. No.

Normal Rotation Direction

12. Refer to step 6 and step 5, attach the flywheel and

Tool

1

Opening tools for Cassette

3

Portable vacuum cleaner

No. 2

Tool Plate storage bag

sync belt, then connect the tension arm L spring.

• Flywheels: 1 screw each

HINT

Screw removal and attachment requires a Phillips-head screwdriver (#1 bit).

The disassembly process

13. Perform the same operation done in step 11 (rotate

1.

Eject the plate from the cassette. Leave the tray out of the cassette. Put the plate in a storage bag. For details on how to eject a plate, refer to the operation manual.

2.

Position the back plate face up and remove the screws.

• Screws × 4

the slowdown pulley in reverse and normal directions at least 5 times each), then adapt the sync Belt.

14. Refer to "5.2.13 Removing & attaching light collection unit (Page 5-21)" and attach the light collection unit.

15. Refer to "5.2.12 Removing & attaching the exposure unit (Page 5-20)" and attach the exposure unit.

16. Refer to "5.2.11 Removing and attaching the eraser unit (Page 5-17)", and attach the eraser unit.

17. Refer to "5.2.10 Removing & attaching the Sub-scan unit (Page 5-12)" and attach the sub-scan unit. This concludes the changing process for drive roller U and drive roller D.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-51

5.5 Changing cassette parts

The part with screw holes goes on the bottom.

5

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

3.

Detach the front and back plates from the cassette. The tray is attached to the back plate. Tray

If the cassette size is 14 × 17, 14 × 14, 11 × 14, 10 × 12, 24 × 30 cm, or 15 × 30 cm (The illustration shows 14 × 17)

Back Plate

Rib Position

Rib Position

Front Plate

Lift Area

4.

Position the back plate so that the tray faces upward.

5.

Push the tray out as far as it will go. It can only be pushed out a short distance at this point. Once caught on the abutment rib in the next step, it will no longer push out any farther.

If the cassette size is 8 × 10 or 18 × 24 cm (illustration shows 8 × 10)

Rib Position

5 Lift Area

5.5 Changing cassette parts

Rib Position

7.

Remove the tray from the back plate. Tray

6.

Lift up around the abutment rib so that the tray is no longer stuck on it, then continue pushing the tray out to its limit. Tray Abutment Rib

Abutment Rib

Back Plate

Back Plate Rib

The abutment rib's position differs according to cassette size.

This concludes the cassette disassembly process. Things to note during assembly

CAUTION

• When assembling the cassette, make sure there is no dust inside of it. If dust is found, clean it out with a mini vacuum cleaner.

5-52

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 5 Disassembly & Assembly

• If the cassette in use has a cassette lock release lever, the tray lock (bolt mechanism) must be released before attaching the tray to the back plate. Use the opening tools for cassette to release the lock, then attach the tray to the back plate.

2) Once the opening tools for cassette is attached, turn the back plate over and rotate the tray lock cams (x2) as shown in the diagram.

1) Attach the opening tools for cassette to the back plate. Cassette Lock Release Lever

Cassette Open/Close Tool

line up all of the tray's protruding parts with the back plate's corresponding holes, and make sure they are pressed in correctly. Tray

Back Plate Align the tray's protruding parts with the wide ends of the back plate's holes, press them together, and slide the tray downward. Things to do after assembly

• Erasing an image from the ejected plate After re-attaching the tray to the back plate, check the following.

• Expose and check an X-ray image When the image is shielded from light, the tray's protruding parts may not be properly aligned with the back plate's corresponding holes.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

5-53

5 5.5 Changing cassette parts

• When assembling and attaching the tray and back plate,

Blank Sheet

Chapter 6

6 Adjustments An explanation of part adjustments necessary for repair and maintenance. 6.1

Oblique adjustments.................................................................6-2

6 Adjustments

Chapter

Chapter 6 Adjustments

6.1 Oblique adjustments

4. Check the value of the green X on the upper screen and lower plate to measure the amount of oblique motion. - The mouse position is shown on the status bar at the bottom of the screen. Position the cursor at the position indicated with the bold line in the figure to obtain the value X.

If the read image is oblique, adjust the tray abutment assembly flap.

Things to prepare In addition to standard tools, the following tool(s) will be needed to perform this task. No. 1

Upper rounded square

Tool

0 5

A 14" × 17" size cassette and plate

Position at 調整板 which you check the value X

Pixel 30

Checking the oblique amount

1.

Read a 14" × 17" sized image in normal read mode (175 µm), and measure the oblique amount. If the oblique amount is more than ± 4 pixels, adjustment is necessary. When an image is read using the service tool Oblique Amount: –

Lower

Mouse position X1=35

X1=36

The following values are used in the figure above. - X at the upper screen: 35 - X at the lower screen: 36 The oblique motion amount of the image, therefore, is -1 (35-36). Because the value is within the ± 4 no adjustment is necessary.

Oblique Amount: +

Adjustment methods Operate the upper insertion unit's adjusting cam. The adjusting cam can be accessed by opening the upper door.

1. IMPORTANT

6

Note the adjusting cam's current position (where it points on the scale).

6.1 Oblique adjustments

If an image is read through normal ImagePilot operation, the image is vertically flipped.

(Example) Reading an image with the service tool and confirming the amount of oblique motion. 1. Prepare a solid image. - Perform an appropriate amount of exposure (80kV, 2m, 10mAs) to the front side of the cassette. 2. Read the image by pressing the [Read Cassette] button on the [Device Settings] screen. - [Resolution]: 175m For details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual. 3. Display the image using the image tool. - [Display] [View Size] [No Pixel Skip]

Adjusting Cam Scale

2.

To check the post-adjustment position of the cam, check the motion amount of the adjustment cam to the oblique motion amount in the following table. Oblique amount (pixels)

6-2

Adjusting Board

Movement from original position

–11

~

–12

6 degrees in the "+" direction

–10

~

–9

5 degrees in the "+" direction

–8

~

–7

4 degrees in the "+" direction

–6

~

–5

3 degrees in the "+" direction

+5

~

+6

3 degrees in the "–" direction

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 6 Adjustments

Oblique amount (pixels)

Movement from original position

+7

~

+8

4 degrees in the "–" direction

+9

~

+10

5 degrees in the "–" direction

+11

~

+12

6 degrees in the "–" direction

5.

Check the adjusting cam's amount of movement for the oblique amount in the chart below, and slowly rotate it in the "+" direction. IMPORTANT

• Rotate the adjusting cam equal to or less than 1 degree per second in the "+" direction. Rotating it too fast may damage the adjusting cam.

• If you have rotated the adjusting cam too much, start

(Example)

again from process 4.

X1=32 Align with the scale position, together with the amount of distance needed for the original position.

Oblique amount = 32 - 37 = -5

Screws

X1=37 1. Check the table to get the "distance moved from the original position". Because in the case of the figure above, the motion amount is "-5", it is "shifted toward the + direction by 3 steps" from the current position. 2. Check the current position of the cam (which step on the scale it is pointing at) and the post-adjustment position.

Current

Rotate all the way in the "–" direction. (Example)

Post-adjustment (planned)

1. Rotate the adjusting cam to its maximum "–" direction.

Shifted toward the + direction by 3 steps

6 Loosen the adjusting board's screws (× 2).

4.

Rotate the adjusting cam to its maximum "–" direction.

2. Slowly turn the adjustment cam to the planned postadjustment position.

6.

Tighten the adjusting board's screws (× 2) to secure it.

This concludes the adjustment process. Make adjustments for all cassettes used in the facility to minimize the oblique amount as much as possible (to eliminate white streaks).

Rechecking/adjusting the oblique amount after initial adjustments • Check irregularity correction data If an error is found, perform irregularity correction. For error details, refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

6-3

6.1 Oblique adjustments

3.

Blank Sheet

Chapter 7

7 Maintenance & Inspection An explanation of how to maintain and inspect the device. 7.1

Maintenance/Inspection Schedule ..........................................7-2

7.2

Plate feeding path cleaning......................................................7-2

7 Maintenance & Inspection

Chapter

Chapter 7 Maintenance & Inspection

7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule

7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning

Maintenance/inspection should be performed according to the following schedule.

If dust gets into the plate feeding path, it should be cleaned as follows. Cleaning area

User duties Maintenance/inspection content

Period

Plate

Plate cleaning

Once per week

Cassette

Cassette cleaning

Once per week

Reader

Rollers, guides, etc.

Use a vacuum cleaner etc. to suck out any dust.

Antistatic Sheet

Apply adhesive tape etc. to the antistatic sheet to remove any dust.

CAUTION Do not use the following items to clean the antistatic sheet, as they might scratch it.

Cassette insertion slot cleaning

Once per week

External cleaning of the device

Once per month

• An extremely sticky or adhesive

Intake vent, exhaust outlet cleaning

Once per month

• Vacuum cleaners etc. with powerful

Light Collection Unit cleaning (keeping them dust free) Filter cleaning

If white lines error occurs When an error occurs

Duties for maintenance service head Maintenance/inspection content Roller cleaning (all rollers)

• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning

Period When an error occurs

(Page 7-2)". Antistatic Sheet cleaning

• Refer to "7.2 Plate feeding path cleaning

substance suction

Refer to the operation manual for details.

When an error occurs

(Page 7-2)".

7.1 Maintenance/Inspection Schedule

7

7-2

Cleaning method

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 8

8 Appendix A list of technical information for reference during device repair or maintenance. 8.1

Service Tool Screen (Unit test) ................................................8-2 8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen .......................................................8-2 8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen ........................................8-3 8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen .....................................................8-7 8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen...........................................8-8 8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen..........................................8-8

8.2

Device Wiring Diagram ............................................................8-9 8.2.1 REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram ..........................8-9 8.2.2 REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram ......................8-10 Appendix

Chapter

8

Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test) An explanation of the [Unit test] screen, part of a service tool which provides various maintenance functions for this unit.

8.1.1 [Unit test] Screen [Unit test] Screen Display Process

1.

Start up the Reader Settings Service Tool on an ImagePilot connected to this device. The [Service Tool] screen will be displayed for reader settings.

2.

Select [Reader Settings], then click the [Settings] button for [Unit Test].

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

[Unit test] Screen

Button [Unit Test] button

Content Allows you to perform an independent operation check for each device in the device.

• The [Unit Test] (Check) screen (Page 8-3) is displayed. [Disp Error Hist] button

Allows you to check the error history.

• The [Error Hist] screen (Page 8-7) is displayed. [Setting for Warning] button

Allows you to toggle the "No Test Registration" and image re-erase request dialogs ON/OFF.

• The [Warning setting] screen (Page 8-8) is displayed. [Clear Service Call error] button

Used for a Service Call Error status. If a V-SYNC error occurs during the image read process, or a basic operation failure occurs in the base board (RAM/ROM cannot be accessed), the reader will be in Service Call Error status. Opening/closing the door or turning the power OFF/ON will not correct the error in this case. Repair/replace the part that caused the error, then click the [Clear Service Call error] button to clear the error. Refer to "3.4 Error Message Content & Countermeasures (Page 3-4)" for error codes applicable to Service Call Errors.

[Confirm reader status] button

Allows you to check reader adjustment results.

8

• The [Report of reader] screen (Page 8-8) is displayed. [Exit] button

8-2

Allows you to exit the [Unit test] screen.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.2 [Unit Test] (Check) Screen IMPORTANT

• All [Unit Test] (Check) screen functions can even be executed during an error. • If an error occurs while using this function (a blinking Error Lamp), use of "Unit Test" cannot resume until the error is corrected. If you want to continue using "Unit Test", open and close any door on the device to resolve the error status.

[Unit Test] (Check) screen display process Click the [Unit Test] button at the [Unit test] screen (Page 8-2.)

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

[Unit Test] (Check) Screen

Item/button

Explanation

Command control panel

The command control key group is made up of 3 panels. Panels can be viewed by clicking their tabs. The following text provides a description for each panel. • LED: Refer to " [LED] panel (Page 8-4)" • Motor: Refer to " [Motor] panel (Page 8-5)" • Eraser Unit: Refer to " [Erase Unit] panel (Page 8-6)"

[Sensor status]

An ON/OFF status is displayed for each sensor. Sensor status right after the reader starts up is displayed in black, and any sensor status which differs from that is displayed in red. To monitor and update sensor status, click the [Start Monitoring] button. Sensor status is updated every 3 seconds.

8

IMPORTANT Other single device operation commands cannot be sent while the sensors are being monitored. For example, sensors cannot be monitored while operating a motor. If you want to run a different single device operation command, you'll have to stop sensor monitoring first.

[Start Monitoring] button/[Stop] button

• •

[Back] button

Clicking the [Start Monitoring] button will begin sensor status monitoring. It will then change to the [Stop] button on screen. A progress bar is displayed above the [Stop] button during monitoring. Clicking the [Stop] button will halt sensor status monitoring.

Takes you back to the [Unit test] (Check) screen.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

8-3

Chapter 8 Appendix

[LED] panel Enables you to check the operation for each of the LEDs used as status lamps.

Item/button

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

[Ready LED]

Explanation

[ON] button

Causes the Ready Lamp to light up.

[Blink] button

Causes the Ready Lamp to blink.

[OFF] button

Turns off the Ready Lamp.

[Busy LED]

-

Causes the Busy Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[Error LED]

-

Causes the Error Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[Erase LED]

-

Causes the Erase Lamp to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

[All Setting]

-

Causes all lamps to light up, blink, or turn off. (Same as [Ready LED])

8

8-4

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 8 Appendix

[Motor] panel Allows you to check the operation for each motor. IMPORTANT

If you only want to confirm motor operation, select [CW] or [CCW]. If using a cassette, refer to " Unit Test: Cassette Feeding Flow (Page 4-4)", and follow the process described for operation.

[Casette tray move motor]

Explanation

[Init. All] button

Sets all motors at home position.

[Init. Transport] button

All parts within the device will be moved to safe positions for feed. (Home position applies to all motors, so clicking this button has the same effect as clicking the [Init. All] button.) Allows you to check tray moving motor operation. 1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. 3. Click the [Start] button. IMPORTANT

The [CW] of the Casette tray move motor does not work if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off. [CW] also stops if the Tray HP Sensor is turned off while it is working. [Insertion nip motor]

Allows you to check loading NIP motor operation. 1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. 3. Click the [Start] button.

[Insertion feed motor]

Allows you to check loading/feeding motor operation. 1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. 3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.) 5. Select [ElectroMag clutch] to set whether or not the magnetic clutch is operated. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] or [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.)

• ON: Operates the magnetic clutch. • OFF: Halts magnetic clutch operation. (The magnetic clutch status will stay as it was when selected with the [ElectroMag clutch] button.) 6. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 7. Click the [Start] button.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

8-5

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

Item/button [Initialization]

8

Chapter 8 Appendix

Item/button [ElectroMag clutch]

Explanation Allows you to check magnetic clutch operation.

• Clicking the [ON] button will activate the magnetic clutch. • Clicking the [OFF] button will deactivate the magnetic clutch. [Polygon]

Allows you to check polygon operation.

• Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon. • Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon. [PolygonLaser]

Allows you to check polygon and laser operations.

• Clicking the [ON] button will rotate the polygon and cause the laser to emit light. • Clicking the [OFF] button will halt the polygon and deactivate the laser. [SubScan feed motor]

Allows you to check sub-scan feeding motor operation. 1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. 3. Select [Erase Speed] to set the speed of the erase operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 4. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send)] operation.) 5. Use [Cassette Size] to select the cassette size. (When selecting the[Transport Plate (Return)] operation.) 6. Click the [Start] button.

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

[SubScan nip motor]

Allows you to check sub-scan NIP motor operation. 1. Select which operation you would like performed at the Operation Selection column. 2. When selecting [CW] or [CCW] for operation, enter the number of rotations you want the motor to perform in the Set Rotations column. 3. Select [Resolution] to set the resolution used during the image read operation. (When selecting the [Transport Plate (Send) 1] or [Transport Plate (Send) 2] operation.) 4. Click the [Start] button.

[Erase Unit] panel Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan.

8

Item/button [Erase LED & Erase FAN]

Explanation Enables you to check operation of the Eraser LED and Eraser LED cooling fan. 1. [Duration of turning on] enables you to set how many seconds the Eraser LED will stay lit. 2. Click the [ON] button. The Eraser LED will stay lit, and the Eraser LED cooling fan will continue operating for the designated number of seconds. (Clicking [OFF] during operation can immediately halt operation even if the designated number of seconds hasn't elapsed.)

[Erase FAN]

Allows you to check Eraser LED cooling fan operation.

• Clicking the [ON] button will start Eraser LED cooling fan operation. • Clicking the [OFF] button will halt Eraser LED cooling fan operation.

8-6

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.3 [Error Hist] Screen

[Accum. error list] screen Frequency of error occurrence is displayed for each error code.

Error Hist Screen Display Process Click the [Disp Error Hist] button at the [Unit test] screen (Page 82). HINT

This can also be displayed from the "Reader Log" screen. Refer to the ImagePilot Installation & Service Manual for details.

[Error Hist] Screen

Item/button

A chronological log of error occurrences is displayed here.

[Error Information]

A list of selected error information (messages displayed on the ImagePilot) is displayed.

[Prev] button

Available when the error history is displayed on more than one page, allowing you to cycle through pages.

[Accum. error list] button

[Back] button

Exits the [Accum. error list] screen.

List

Frequency of error occurrence is displayed for each error code.

[Save Table] button

Enables you to output an "Accum. error list" file in text format (.txt). Pressing this button will display the [Save As] dialog, so choose any name to save the file as.

Explanation

List

[Next] button

Explanation

8

Frequency of error occurrence can be checked for each error code.

• The [Accum. error list] screen (Page 8-7) is displayed. [Exit] button

Exits the [Error Hist] screen.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

Item/button

8-7

Chapter 8 Appendix

8.1.4 [Warning setting] Screen

Item/button [Re-erase is performed automatically.]

Warning setting Screen Display Process Click the [Setting for Warning] button at the "Unit test" screen (Page 8-2).

[Warning setting] Screen

Explanation Erase speed is determined from the image signal. When a high dose of X-rays are used for exposure, and the signal value is at 4095 or above, it is unknown how many mR of X-rays have hit the plate, so one of the following 2 controls can be selected. (1) Automatically run the erase process a second time. No message display. (2) Display a message and select whether or not to run the erase process a second time. The [Continue] button and [Eject] button are displayed together with this message: "Excessive X-ray dosage at examination. Need to be reerased." Here you can select to run the erase process again, or eject the cassette. When filling in the checkbox, Control (1) will be performed. (Default: checkbox filled in) HINT

This setting can be changed for both the service tool and user tool.

8.1 Service Tool Screen (Unit test)

Item/button [Display no registration dialogue]

[Enable Eject Button]

[Save & Exit] button

Saves the selected settings and exits the [Warning Settings] screen. The change in the settings are reflected after restarting the Image Pilot.

[Discard] button

Exits the [Warning Settings] screen without saving settings.

Explanation Sets whether or not the "Study is not registered." dialog is displayed when loading a cassette into the device without putting the ImagePilot in image capture standby mode (without clicking the CR Modality button). By filling in the checkbox, this dialog will be displayed. (Default: checkbox filled in) Sets whether or not a cassette [Eject] button will be displayed, enabling the user to eject the cassette, along with the "Study is not registered." dialog. (By using the [Eject] button, the cassette can be removed without using the lever inside the upper door.) By filling in the checkbox, this button will be displayed. (Default: checkbox filled in)

8.1.5 [Report of reader] Screen Report of reader Screen Display Process Click the [Confirm reader status] button at the "Unit test" screen (Page 8-2).

[Report of reader] Screen

IMPORTANT

When installing an ImagePilot client, removing the check mark is recommended. This dialog will be displayed for both the ImagePilot server and ImagePilot client, so if the checkbox is filled in to display the [Eject] button, the server's [Eject] button might be clicked before the CR modality button is clicked.

8

Item/button

8-8

Explanation

[Back] button

Exits the [Report of reader] screen.

Chart

Shows adjustment results set to the reader.

[Save table] button

Enables you to output a file of the displayed content in text format (.txt). Pressing this button will display the "Save as..." dialog, so choose any name to save the file as.

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Chapter 8 Appendix

8.2 Device Wiring Diagram REGIUS  Device Wiring Diagram

1 Tray Moving Motor

Loading NIP Motor

Loading/Feeding Motor

Sub- scan NIP Motor

Sub-scan Feeding Motor

Eraser LED Cooling FAN

Magnetic Clutch

2

Clutch

Soldering

3 ñéü 1

Includes Motor

2 3 4 5 6 7

Serial Communication

8

Reserve FAN

8.2 Device Wiring Diagram

9

10 11

12 13 14 15 8 17

Switching Power Supply

18 Cassette Sensor

Plate Sensor

Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor

Size Detecting Sensor 1

Size Detecting Sensor 2

19

Light Receiving

Breaker Panasonic

20 Size Detecting Sensor 4

Lock Release Sensor

Loading NIP HP Sensor

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor

Size Detecting Sensor 3

Left Cassette Lock Sensor

Tray HP Sensor

Exit NIP Sensor

Right Cassette Lock Sensor

21

Inlet

26

Anode

Anode

Noise Filter Cathode

8.2.1

ñéü

27 Upper Door Interlock 1 Type

Tray Sensor

Plate Sensor (Light Emitting:G310)

Lower Door Interlock 2 Type

V-Sync Sensor Entrance NIP Sensor

28 29

REGIUS /II Service Manual

8-9

30

Chapter 8 Appendix

ñéü

8.2.2

REGIUS II Device Wiring Diagram

1

Tray Moving Motor

2

Loading NIP Motor

Loading/Feeding Motor

Sub- scan NIP Motor

Sub-scan Feeding Motor

Eraser LED Cooling FAN

Magnetic Clutch

Clutch

Soldering

3

1

Includes Motor

2 3 4 5 6

Serial Communication

7 Reserve FAN

8 8.2 Device Wiring Diagram

9

10 11

12 13

Ferrite Core

14 15 8

Switching Power Supply

17 18

Cassette Sensor

Plate Sensor

Left Door Open/Close Detection Sensor

Size Detecting Sensor 1

Size Detecting Sensor 2

Light Receiving:

19

Breaker Panasonic

Size Detecting Sensor 4

Lock Release Sensor

Loading NIP HP Sensor

Loading NIP Open/Close Sensor

Size Detecting Sensor 3

Left Cassette Lock Sensor

Tray HP Sensor

Right Cassette Lock Sensor

Exit NIP Sensor

20 Inlet

21

Anode

Anode

Cathode

Noise Filter

26 Upper Door Interlock 1 Type

27 28 29 30

8-10

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Tray Sensor

Plate Sensor (Light Emitting:G310)

Lower Door Interlock 2 Type

V-Sync Sensor

Entrance NIP Sensor

Chapter 9

9 Revision History 9.1

Manual revision history.............................................................9-2

Revision History

Chapter

9

Chapter 9 Revision History

9.1 Manual revision history This manual was revised as follows. Version

Apr. 19, 2012

Content

• New (The same manual is used for both REGIUS SIGMA and SIGMA2)

9.1 Manual revision history

A

Issue Date

9

9-2

REGIUS /II Service Manual

Blank Sheet

A5ERYG220A 20120419JD 20120419J

More Documents from "Adolfo Garcia"